Sunteți pe pagina 1din 154

‫‪In the Name of God‬‬

‫‪the Most Gracious‬‬


‫‪the Most Merciful‬‬

‫‪i‬‬

‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‪ ،‬پایاننامهها‪ ،‬و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‪ ،‬تحقیقا ت‪ ،‬فناوری به شمارة ‪/195929‬و تاریخ ‪ (1395/9/6‬از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬
‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‪ ،‬آموزشی‪ ،‬و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‪ ،‬مصنفان‪ ،‬و هنرمندان )‪ (1348‬و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‪.‬‬
‫‪Copyright© Lorestan University, 2017‬‬

‫‪All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in retrieval‬‬

‫‪system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical,‬‬

‫‪photocopying, recording or other ways without the prior written permission of Lorestan‬‬

‫‪University.‬‬

‫‪ii‬‬

‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‪ ،‬پایاننامهها‪ ،‬و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‪ ،‬تحقیقا ت‪ ،‬فناوری به شمارة ‪/195929‬و تاریخ ‪ (1395/9/6‬از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬
‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‪ ،‬آموزشی‪ ،‬و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‪ ،‬مصنفان‪ ،‬و هنرمندان )‪ (1348‬و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‪.‬‬
‫‪University of Lorestan‬‬
‫‪Faculty of Humanities‬‬
‫‪Department of English Language and Literature‬‬

‫‪Thesis Submitted in Partial Fulfillment of the Requirement of the‬‬

‫‪Degree of Master of Arts in English Language and Literature‬‬

‫‪Yonder the Reality: A Critical Study of Mass Media and Hyperreality‬‬

‫‪in Donal Richard Don DeLillo's Selected Novels‬‬

‫‪Supervisor‬‬
‫‪Dr. Abdol Hossein Joodaki‬‬
‫‪Advisor‬‬
‫‪Dr. Ali Khoshnoud‬‬
‫‪By‬‬
‫‪Hassan Beygi Mendi‬‬
‫‪February, 2017‬‬

‫‪iii‬‬

‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‪ ،‬پایاننامهها‪ ،‬و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‪ ،‬تحقیقا ت‪ ،‬فناوری به شمارة ‪/195929‬و تاریخ ‪ (1395/9/6‬از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬
‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‪ ،‬آموزشی‪ ،‬و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‪ ،‬مصنفان‪ ،‬و هنرمندان )‪ (1348‬و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‪.‬‬
Abstract

Don Delillo addresses many diverse issues in his writings as a postmodern

writer and critic. However, he specifically investigates the experience of

the masses in living in a late-capitalist and media-governed community.

This study aims at depicting media representations of reality and truth in

two of most important works of Don Delillo, namely Underworld and Mao

II. The discussion of media is profoundly important in the light of

postmodern questions of representation and its relationship with reality;

that is to say, media and the images have overly deep psychological

influences on people and modern culture. Among many other postmodern

writers in the United States, Delillo investigates the ways through which

contemporary American individual is influenced by information technology

and consumer technology. In Underworld and Mao II, more than any other

work by Delillo, we witness the technological apparatuses not merely at the

service of better lives for human beings but, totally on the opposite

spectrum, they undertake the role of manipulators that seek to force-feed

the masses what they think is beneficial and simply hide those things that

seem too dangerous; in other words, people are totally controlled by the

discourse of mass media and technology and their culture, lifestyle and

mentality are forged by them.

iv

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
‫‪To My Dear Family‬‬

‫‪v‬‬

‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‪ ،‬پایاننامهها‪ ،‬و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‪ ،‬تحقیقا ت‪ ،‬فناوری به شمارة ‪/195929‬و تاریخ ‪ (1395/9/6‬از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬
‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‪ ،‬آموزشی‪ ،‬و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‪ ،‬مصنفان‪ ،‬و هنرمندان )‪ (1348‬و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‪.‬‬
Acknowledgments

It is a delight to thank those who made writing this thesis possible. Of

course, I may not be able to express my appreciation to all of the friends,

siblings, kinships, and instructors; however, I try to mention some of them

in brief.

First of all, I would like to sincerely thank my family whose relentless

support encouraged me to keep on my studies. Above all, I am deeply

grateful to my parents whose sympathy made me stand on my foot during

my lifelong.

To accomplish this project, I am definitely indebted to my thesis

supervisor, Dr. Abdol Hossein Joodaki, whose calmness, patience, support

and just his being there was the main source for me. I express my deepest

gratitude indeed for never hesitating to answer my messages and guiding

me at the critical time of need.

I wish to show my utmost gratitude to my dear friends Saman Sadr,

Mohammad Sadeq Najjarzadeha, Salman Hosseini, and Ahmad Hossein

Zadeh whose being there to discuss the issues was such an immense source

of inspiration and back-up.

vi

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
‫‪Table of Contents‬‬

‫‪Abstract .............................................................................................iv‬‬

‫‪Acknowledgments ..............................................................................vi‬‬

‫‪Chapter One: Introduction................................................................... 1‬‬

‫‪1.1. Statement of the Problem............................................................ 2‬‬

‫‪1.2. Significance of Study ................................................................... 5‬‬

‫‪1.3. Review of Literature ................................................................... 7‬‬

‫‪1.4. Key Terms ................................................................................. 12‬‬

‫‪1.5. Methodology.............................................................................. 17‬‬

‫‪1.6. Scope and Limitation of Study .................................................. 20‬‬

‫‪1.7. Thesis Outline ........................................................................... 21‬‬

‫‪Chapter Two: Theoretical Framework .............................................. 24‬‬

‫‪2.1. Postmodernism: Postmodern Era ............................................. 25‬‬

‫‪2.2. Jean Baudrillard ....................................................................... 29‬‬

‫‪2.3. Simulacra and Simulation ......................................................... 34‬‬

‫‪2.4. The Notion of Hyeprreality ....................................................... 39‬‬

‫‪vii‬‬

‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‪ ،‬پایاننامهها‪ ،‬و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‪ ،‬تحقیقا ت‪ ،‬فناوری به شمارة ‪/195929‬و تاریخ ‪ (1395/9/6‬از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬
‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‪ ،‬آموزشی‪ ،‬و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‪ ،‬مصنفان‪ ،‬و هنرمندان )‪ (1348‬و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‪.‬‬
2.5. Baudrillardian Hyperrealism.................................................... 45

2.6. Mechanical Reproductions and Media Simulations .................. 52

2.7. General Overview on DeLillo.................................................... 57

2.8. DeLillo and Media at the Age of Spectacles .............................. 60

Chapter Three: A Critical Analysis of Underworld: The Hegemony of

Spectacles over Reality ....................................................................... 81

3.1. Delillo and Technology.............................................................. 86

3.2. A Critical Analysis of Underworld ............................................. 88

3.3. Surrounding Reality and the Represented Reality.................... 95

3.4. Disappearance of the Real......................................................... 98

3.5. Medially Validated Reality……………………..........................100


Chapter Four: Technology, Mass Media and Terror in Mao II ....... 108

4.1. Technology and Mao II ........................................................... 111

4.2. Technology and Writing ......................................................... 115

4.3. Technology, Terror and Media ............................................... 119

4.4. Technology, Mass Media and the Future of the United State . 128

Chapter Five: Conclusion ................................................................. 133

Bibliography .................................................................................. 139

viii

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
‫‪Chapter I: Introduction‬‬

‫‪1‬‬

‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‪ ،‬پایاننامهها‪ ،‬و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‪ ،‬تحقیقا ت‪ ،‬فناوری به شمارة ‪/195929‬و تاریخ ‪ (1395/9/6‬از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬
‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‪ ،‬آموزشی‪ ،‬و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‪ ،‬مصنفان‪ ،‬و هنرمندان )‪ (1348‬و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‪.‬‬
1.1. Statement of the Problem

―Postmodernity is said to be a culture of fragmentary

sensations, eclectic nostalgia, disposable simulacra, and

promiscuous superficiality, in which the traditionally valued

qualities of depth, coherence, meaning, originality, and

authenticity are evacuated or dissolved amid the random swirl

of empty signals.‖ (Jean Baudrillard, Simulations 66)

Postmodern era is regarded as an offspring of the remnants of modernism

failure. It is an uprising against the modernists' philosophy undertaking a

drastic change. The change of thought from modernism to postmodernism

could be considered as a preference for complexity over purity, plurality

over stylistic integrity, and contingency or connectedness over autonomy.

Amongst the multiple features of this era, media and the role it plays in

shaping the reality is a subject requiring a close scrutiny. Most of the

people, in their daily lives, are perpetually surrounded by media. No matter

if it is our entertainment, information, health, knowledge, memory, identity,

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
dreams, emotions, or even our death – all have, by now, been incorporated

by media.

It is impossible to understand our acting and thinking without

considering the influence of this mediation. The entire history of mankind

is inseparable from media, from language to the alphabet and the printing

press all the way to today‘s instant electronic communication. ―Every

interpretation of anything is medially determined‖; media is our means of

understanding through which we try to make sense of the world. Mass

media, now, has an enormous influence on both public and private life of

evey culture. In fact, individuals as much as nations today formulate their

agendas, memories, and identities in response to values and passions that

are increasingly formed through mechanically reproduced images.

The highly multi-faceted culture of postmodern era urged many

critics to debate over its instability and shallowness. One of the prominent

critics is the French philosopher, Jean Baudrillard (1929-2007) whose

works expand in various fields of studies like social, cultural, literary, etc.

He is also well-known, today, for the replacement of the past notion of

thought with his own novel one. Baudrillard is among the philosophers

who revolutionized all old traditional beliefs in twentieth and twenty-first

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
centuries. Regarding the ubiquity of media as a paragon of reality,

Baudrillard states that: ―media representations are representations of other

media representations rather than that of the external world‖(Kellner, Jean

Baudrillard, 1994: 63).

Above all the influences that media exerts, it is worth considering

how they mutate the real into unreal or as Baudrillard puts it a ―hyperreal‖.

Media and advertising simulate; they exist in a nonreal realm that holds as

much cultural significance as reality in the sense that the simulation also

constructs American culture and identity. Jean Baudrillard, in his theory of

simulation, asserts that postmodern world is the one in which the real is

substituted by the simulation of reality. In Simulation and simulacra

(1995), he states that: ―it is no longer a question of imitation, nor

duplication, nor even parody,it is a question of substituting the signs of the

real for the real.‖

Baudrillard believes that postmodernity was marked with a change

into hyperreality in which simulations have replaced the real. Accordingly,

in this research, it is mainly attempted to examine the impact of media

upon shaping hyperreality in the advent of technological capitalism in Don

Dellilo's Selected works including Underworld (1997) and Mao II (1991).

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
DeLillo's creative works, and many of the critical essays written

about his fiction, help to establish a tangible application of the theory

which leads to driving this study on. Factually, DeLillo satirizes the

hegemonic control that media and advertising hold over the mass of people

both on the facet of propagating a consumer culture and a hyperreal milieu,

as well. Thus, his fiction provides a lens through which these

manifestations of American media can be examined. To apply and examine

the concepts of media and hyperreality, the theories of figures such as

Marshal McLuhan and mainly Jean Baudrillard will be utilized. Above all,

the researcher, in an attempt to trace the manifestations of media‘s impact

on individuals‘ lives, acts, and traits as well as a media-drowned society,

demonstrates how media and its progenies disrupt the perception of ―the

real‖ and makes individuals conscious of such adverse effects in

perpetuating a media-governed society.

1.2. Significance of Study

Jean Baudrillard is a major figure in twentieth and twenty-first centuries,

and he is well-known for his vast fields of theories which analyze the new

life of modern man in the contemporary life. His works range from

Structuralism and Post-Structuralism to Marxism, from Marxism to neo-

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Marxism and sometime anti-Marxism. He shifted his role from sociologist

to cultural expert and from a philosopher to a literary critic. While

Baudrillard has worked and written in various fields of study, many M.A.

theses are only concerned with Marxism and social prospective of his

theories and there is no specific thesis written based on the consideration of

media culture and hypereality.

Besides, Baudrillard's writings have not been studied completely,

since it is difficult to find them, read them in one try, and understand them

properly. Works like Symbolic Exchange and Death (1976), Simulation and

Simulacra (1981), and The Conspiracy of Art (2005) are among his

complicated works which are written in ordinary and simple language but

nonetheless it is hard to understand what Baudrillard really means by them.

On the one hand, tracing Baudrillard's theory is a subject of study

which is rare to be done in an M.A. thesis. This matter adds more

importance to the novelty of the researcher's thesis and makes it one of the

original and new investigations for a thesis. On the other hand,

Baudrillard's theories came to prominence mostly after 70s and 80s which

are rather concomitant with the emrgence of Delillo's writing career. In

fact, it is suggested that Delillo, unconsciously, has depicted an American

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
milieu which has an affinity with Baudrillard's critique of America

thematically. Thus, it is strived to demonstrate how media technology has

usurped the individuals of perceiving the real and made the unreal seem

real in this research.

1.3. Review of Literature

The twentieth century has been strongly affected by a desire similar to that

of Russ Hodges for the real thing. Surrounded by images that keep

multiplying, people still live in a constant urge for the real. They look for it

in newspapers and magazines, in television, radio and on the internet, and

the more they watch, the more their distance from reality seems to increase.

DeLillo chooses television and supermarket as the places to which

individuals gravitate. Media is highly concentrated on advertising and

brand placement to promote consumerism culture. Both are sources of

nonstop stimuli, bombarding the individual with overwhelming array of

images and advertising. Delillo establishes the relationship between

technology and futurity as uniquely united in defining American historical

identity, claiming, "Technology is our fate, our truth."

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Throughout the progression of DeLillo's oeuvre, literary critics have

attached the "postmodern" label to the author's works, an aesthetic and

historical classification, commonly promoted by the similarities between

Jean Baudrillard's ruminations about subjective reality and symbolic

exchange, and DeLillo's own Americanist literary representations of

subjective reality and symbolic exchange. Many of Delillo's fictions have

been investigated regarding critical postmodern theories including the

novels, Underworld (1997) and Mao II (1991). These selected novels have

been examined through different approaches as they are mentioned below.

However, to the best of the researcher's knowledge, none of them has been

analyzed in light of the controversial subjects of media and hyperreality.

Glen Thomas (1997) appraises the concepts of history, biography,

and narrative in uderworld. The novel is read in the light of textualist

theories of history, in that Libra refuses to see the historical record as a

fixed or stable entity but instead as the product of interpretation.

Marc Schuster in his paper ―Escaping the Third Person Singular‖

studies art and semiotics in underworld. Utilizing Baudrillard's theories, he

examines the work from different perspectives including system of objects,

the ―real‖ world and the abstract realm of value, and hypereality.

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Joseph S. Walker in his paper ― Criminality, The real, and The Story

of America: The Case of Don DeLillo‖ studies the idea that the works of

DeLillo move beyond what is meant the simulation and the loss of the real.

He takes different novels under consideration including MaoII and

Underworld.

In ―Lee Harvey Oswald and the Postmodern Subject: History and

Intertextuality in Don DeLillo‘s Libra, The Names, and Mao II,‖ Thomas

Carmichael argues that the postmodern historical subject as depicted in

DeLillo‘s novels emerges as an effect of the signs and images that

constitute the subject‘s culture and that the proliferation of such

phenomena results in struggles that are textual in nature: the postmodern

historical subject alters the course of history by serving as a text that is both

informed by and transforms previous historical texts.

In "Postmodern Transformations of Art and Authorship: From Art

Production to Image Consumption", Corina Marculescu focuses precisely

on the cultural transition – in the particular fields of art and literature –

from modernist authenticity and uniqueness to postmodernist replication

and seriality, from the original artwork to its endless, depthless copies

within a techno-capitalist environment. He uses Mao II as a case study to

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
show how reproduction has become part of contemporary life, how art and

artists are packaged and turned into commodities, to explore the transition

from art production to image consumption as reflected by the change in the

notion of aura — from the aura of high-culture objects to the aura of the

simulacrum.

In " Consuming Narratives: Don DeLillo and the Lethal Reading"

sets forth a poignant critique of the social response to narratives in an age

that has integrated" aesthetic production" into "commodity production".

Along with a whole series of contemporary writersf rom, say, Paul Auster

to Mark Leyner, DeLillo trades upon the predicament of narrative

representation showing how cultural objectsin general and stories in

particular are fetishized in the public arena.

Joshua Adam Boldt (2001) in his thesis, ―Postwar Media Manifestations

and Don DeLillo‖, examines the relationship between American media,

advertising, and the construction of a postwar American identity. American

media manifests itself in several different forms, all of which impact the

consciousness of the American people, and the postwar rise to power of the

advertising industry helped to mold identity in ways that are often not even

recognized. He applies Americana, and Mao II as his case study.

10

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Thoms Carmichael in his ― Lee Harvey Oswald and the Postmodern

Subjct: History and Intertextuality in Don Delillo‘s Libra, The Names, and

Mao II‖ tackles the question of postemodern and its chracteritics represnted

in Don Delillo‘s selected novels. He focuses on exploring the issues of

hostory and intertexuality and delves deep in taking a postmoden grasp of

the novel; he argues that intertexuality is, in fact, an in-built feature in these

novels and the novels are directly and emphtically are like mosaics of

references to and with many other works which form the basis of the novels

in question. On the other hand, the history that Delillo exlpores in the

novels in the history of a controversial point of history which is the Cold

War battle among the two suprpowers.

In ―Writers among Terrosits: Don Delillo‘s Mao II and Russian

Affair‖, Margaret Schanaln deals with the representations of the conflict

between American and the Soveit Russai regaradring the use of Atomic

power in World arena. On the other hand, she also delves deeply into the

question of Communism and how it is condemned by the American

authorities and the pressure on the American indidviduals who one way for

another found Marxism the only possble way to salvage the people of the

world regardless of their nationalities.

11

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
―Two‘s a crowd: ―Mao II‖. Coke II, and the Politics of Terrorism in

Don Delillo‖ written by Richard Hardack is a colorful and awe-inspiring

article about the question terrorism in the two mentioned novels. Hardack

arges that although the novel is, on surface, explores the outcomes of

writing in a period where written words have lost their power to change the

worls, it is in fact about terrorism and its effects on all people rehardless of

their position in the society. He belives that terrorism is the main focus of

Delillo in writing the novel Mao II and it is in this manner that Delillo has

tries to indicates the point of the lost position of writing in a world obessed

and worried with the issue of terror, terorism and the lost power of writing.

1.4. Key Terms

Postmodernism: The term ―postmodernism‖ first entered the philosophical

lexicon in 1979, with the publication of The Postmodern Condition: A

report on Knowledge (1984) by Jean-Francois Lyotard (1924-1998). It

emphasizes the importance of power, relationships, personalization, and

discourse in the construction of truth and reality. Knowledge is situated in

time, place and other factors, and hence it cannot be generalized. People

construct their individual understanding from the unique and separate

situations. Postmodernism, thus, takes a holistic, systematic view rather

12

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
than a constructed, systematic view. It breaks from the philosophies of the

Enlightenment, which seek a universal system of aesthetics, ethics, and

knowledge. Postmodernism started in the 1920s and developed in the 1950s

as a critique of positivism and other structural and "scientific" methods. It's

anti-scientific, anti-establishment views can leave the reader bewildered as

everything they hold true is challenged.

Disneyland: Baudrillard, in Simulation and Simulacra (1995), states:

―Disneyland is a perfect model of all the entangled orders of simulacra‖

(10). In his work, Baudrillard argues the ―imaginary world‖ of Disneyland

magnetizes people inside and has been presented as ―imaginary‖ to make

people believe that all its surroundings are ―Real‖. But he believes that the

Los Angeles area is not real; thus it is hyperreal. Disneyland is a set of

apparatus, which tries to bring imagination and fiction to what is called

―real‖. This concerns the American values and lifestyle in a sense that

―conceals the fact that the real is no longer real, and thus saves the reality

principle‖ (ibid). He also adds: The Disneyland imaginary is neither true

nor false: it is a deterrence machine set up in order to rejuvenate in reverse

the fiction of the real. It is meant to be an infantile world in order to make

us believe that the adults are elsewhere in the ―real‖ world, and to conceal

the fact that the real childishness is everywhere, particularly among those

13

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
adults who go there to act the child in order to foster the illusion of their

real childishness. (11)

Hyperreality: It is seen as a condition in which what is real and what is

fiction are seamlessly blended together so that there is no clear distinction

between where one ends and the other begins. It allows the co-mingling of

physical reality with virtual reality (VR) and human intelligence

with artificial intelligence (AI). Steven Best and Douglas Kellner in

Postmodern Theory: Critical Interrogations (1991) define hyperreality as:

" the blurring of distinctions between the real in the unreal in which the

prefix 'hyper' signifies more than real whereby the real is produced

according to a model" (119). They also state, in Postmodern Turn (1997)

that the hyperreal is the "end result of a historical simulation process in

which he natural world and all its referents have been gradually replaced

with technology and self-referential signs" (101). No longer is there an

underlying reality which has an existence apart from the simulations and

simulacra. Rather, what we consider to be social reality is indefinitely

reproducible and extendable, with the copy indistinguishable from the

original, or perhaps seeming more real than the original. Video games

become more real than other forms of interaction, theme parks which are

simulacra become more desirable than the originals (Las Vegas,

14

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Disneyworld), and even nature becomes better viewed through national

parks and reconstructions.

Reality: Reality is the conjectured state of things as they actually exist,

rather than as they may appear or might be imagined. In a wider definition,

reality includes everything that is and has been, whether or not it

is observable or comprehensible. A still broader definition includes

everything that has existed, exists, or will exist. These conventional

definitions of reality represent a larger problem in the attempt to locate the

real on the most basic level, for they are wholly circular, a set of signifiers

reflecting back at each other lacking the grounding necessary to render

meaning. The problem is unique to the word "reality", indeed almost all

words and signs are only able to refer back towards the internal exchange

of other signs in order to produce a theoretical anchor. The slippage of

reality, its elusiveness encountered even in a basic search for a definition, is

an element of the hyperreal.

Simulation: It is defined first as the action or practice of simulating with

an intent to deceive, then as a false assumption or display, a surface

resemblance or imitation of something, and finally as a technique of

imitating the behavior of some situation or process by means of a suitably

15

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
analogous situation or apparatus. On the other hand, Baudrillard describes

simulation as the savior of the real, as it can be a strategy to deter and

conceal the disappearance of the real and thus save the idea of "the real".

Jean Baudrillard writes in Simulations that an effective simulation will not

merely deceive one into believing in a false entity, but in fact signifies the

destruction of an original reality that it has replaced. He writes: "to simulate

is not simply to feign […] feigning or dissimulation leaves the reality intact

[…] whereas simulation threatens the difference between 'true' and 'false'

between 'real' and 'imaginary'".

Simulacrum: It is defined as a material image, made as a representation of

some deity, person, or thing as something having merely the form or

appearance of a certain thing without possessing its substance or proper

qualities, and as a mere image, a specious imitation or likeness of

something. The simulacrum is defined as a static entity, a mere image

rather than something that imitates the behavior of the real thing on which

it is based. Baudrillard alleges that a simulacrum is not a copy of the real,

but becomes truth in its own right: the hyperreal. Gilles Deleuze (1925-

1995) has consistent ideas with Baudrillard's conception of the simulacrum

as a system of empty signs that signals the destruction of the original reality

it is modeled after, though for Deleuze this destruction is brought about

16

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
because the simulation of the original is so perfect that it is no longer clear

where or what the original is. The original could still exist, but its existence

is irrelevant as we do not know where to locate it.

1.5. Methodology

Media‗s power over the American people is facilitated by constructed

simulation. Based on Baudrillard‗s "Disneyland", the media-oriented

world is hyperreal. It is specifically constructed in order to represent a

reality that does not actually exist. Within this constructed reality, the

individual is made passive. The world is nonthreatening and colorful,

stimulating and exciting. The consumer‗s acquiescence is natural and

logical and the images constantly persuade us to emulate the very non-real

reality.

According to Baudrillard, what has occurred in postmodern culture is

that our society has become so reliant on models and maps that we have

lost all contact with the real world that preceded the map. Reality itself has

begun merely the model, which now precedes and determines the real

world: "The territory no longer precedes the map, nor does it survive it;

nevertheless, it is the map that precedes the territory (i.e. precession of

simulacra) that engenders the territory" (Baudrillard: 1995:1).

17

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Baudrillard states that when it comes to postmodern simulation and

simulacra, "It is no longer a question of imitation or duplication or even

parody but a question of substituting the signs of the real for the real" (2).

Baudrillard is not solely indicating that postmodern culture is artificial,

because the concept of artificiality still requires some sense of reality

against which to recognize the artifice. Instead, he points out the fact that

individuals have lost all ability to make sense of distinction between nature

and artifice.

To elaborate on his point, he argues that there are three "orders of

simulacra" including, in the first order of simulacra, which he associates

with the pre-modern period, the image is a clear counterfeit of the real; the

image is recognized as just an illusion, a place marker for the real, in the

second order of simulacra associated with the industrial revolution of the

nineteenth century, the distinctions between the image and the

representation begin to break down due to mass production and

proliferation of copies. Such production misrepresents and masks an

underlying reality by imitating it so well, thus threatening to replace it (e.g.

in photography or ideology); however, there is still a belief that, through

critique or effective political action, one can still access the hidden fact of

the real; in the third order of simulacra associated with postmodern age, we

18

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
are confronted with a precession of simulacra; that is, the representation

precedes and determines the real. There is no longer any distinction

between the reality and its representation; there is only the simulacrum.

The aforementioned study and the search for simulacra and reality in

Don DeLillo's selected novels necessitate a theoretical basis. In this study,

the novels are scrutinized in accordance with Baudrillard's hypotheses. It

demonstrates that the postmodern age depicted in these novels abounds

with signs and symbols in a way that reality is substituted with

hyperreality; that is, a reality assumed more real than the true real. Besides,

the main characters in the novels seem to be so drowned in the images and

the hyperreals that they are unable to recognize the reality. The researcher

aims to explore and unravel such scenes in these novels in which the

characters are unable to make a distinction between the real world and a

world in which the hyperreals manifest the actual reality.

In line with Baudrrillard's hypothesis on and about postmodern age,

the theories of other literary figures and critics, whose ideas can be

effective in unraveling the postmodern era, will be applied to the novels. In

this era, most individuals devote themselves to media and technology and

believe in this medium as a paragon of reality. Accordingly, the researcher

19

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
will also focus on media theorists like Marshal McLuhan's hypotheses on

media to excavate and track down the impacts of this medium in forming

hyperreality.

1.6. Scope and Limitation of Study

Don DeLillo has recurrently treated the concepts of consumerism and

hyperreality resulted from the obsession with media and advertising in his

profound works particularly the novels he penned in 1960s, 1970s, and

1980s. Consequently, the researcher has selected two novels (namely;

Underworld, and Mao II) that each one represents the advent of a decade.

This selection has been made so as to take a rather thorough glance at

DeLillo's works.

Underworld and MaoII will be investigated in light of Baudrillardian

hypotheses including simulation, simulacra, hyperreality, and media.

Besides, it is worth noting that this study places a critical emphasis on the

role of media since the growth of technology and its progenies are quite

evident within this span of time in America. To provide a substantial

foundation for the study, the researcher adopts other theoreticians' theories

to cast light on these concepts, as well. Thus, other theorists‘ ideas will be

utilized in each selected novel.

20

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
1.7. Thesis Outline

This study consists of five chapters:

The first chapter is the introduction to the thesis. In this chapter, the

researcher concentrates on the tenets of the study so as to provide a firm

backbone on which the practical chapters can rely. It encompasses the

general overview, the statement of the problem, the significance of the

study, key terms, methodology, review of literature, and thesis outline.

The second chapter is dedicated to the theoretical terms, where the

major tenets of these new-born theories are elaborated comprehensively.

Since the complicated terms of Simulation, simulacra, and hyperreality are

exclusively associated to Jean Baudrillard, the researcher attempts to

incorporate prerequisite information concerning these fundamental notions

coined by this French philosopher. Since the study is not confined to

delving into these notions in Don DeLillo's works, particularly media

representations and mass media theoreticians' theories are fully described in

order to acquaint the readers with these notions and make them form a

better understanding of the thesis. In line with exploring these ideas, the

author's main thoughts and beliefs regarding the postmodern era will be

presented in this text.

21

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
The third chapter also investigates the traces of media in

Underowrld. Although this novel is mostly not considered as a profound

work of DeLillo, it depicts the world‘s present situation, insofar as his

novel (his novels overall) is related to ―men-in-the-world‖ and he has an

acute criticism towards how everything that surrounds us is working

nowadays. Don DeLillo is concerned with the relationship people have

with a society dominated by the consumerism of images and things, and his

novels offer samples of how these processes are occurring in contemporary

world. Thus, the researcher attempts to demonstrate the postmodern media-

oriented society by treating and tracing the major character and other

characters, as well.

The forth chapter is an application of the theoretical framework to

DeLillo's Mao II. Mao II deals with the proliferation of mechanically

reproduced images. A major topic is photography and its effects on both

the individual and society: From ‗Yankee Stadium‘ to ‗In Beirut‘, Mao

II carries the reader full circle from photography‘s seemingly innocuous,

even benign, use as a preserver of memories, an attempt to identify and

maintain the image of a loved one, through its manipulative and destructive

power to level differences and efface subjectivity, to its unexpected power

to redeem identity.

22

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
The dissertation ends with a conclusion that discusses the dominance of

media and hyperreality over individual, societal, cultural and even semiotic

aspects of life. The magnitude of the American citizens‘ servitude and its

institutions are so tremendous that dim the feasibility of a normal lifestyle

without the influence of the omnipotent media. Through the theories

mentioned above, the dissertation is going to verify the claim that media,

consuming images, and hyperreality have dominated postmodern America.

The result is a new idol that has tied the followers and non-followers to its

inescapable systems. Finally, the research bibliography is presented at the

end.

23

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
‫‪Chapter II: Theoretical Framework‬‬

‫‪24‬‬

‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‪ ،‬پایاننامهها‪ ،‬و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‪ ،‬تحقیقا ت‪ ،‬فناوری به شمارة ‪/195929‬و تاریخ ‪ (1395/9/6‬از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬
‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‪ ،‬آموزشی‪ ،‬و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‪ ،‬مصنفان‪ ،‬و هنرمندان )‪ (1348‬و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‪.‬‬
2.1. Postmodernism: Postmodern Era

―I define postmodern as incredulity toward meta-

narratives‖ (Lyotard, 6).

Postmodernism is typically defined by an attitude of skepticism or distrust

toward grand narratives, ideologies, and various tenets of Enlightenment

rationality, including the existence of objective reality and absolute truth,

as well as notions of rationality, human nature, and progress. Instead, it

asserts that knowledge and truth are the product of unique systems of

social, historical, and political discourse and interpretation, and are

therefore contextual and constructed. Accordingly, postmodern thought is

broadly characterized by tendencies to epistemological and moral

relativism, pluralism, self-referentiality and irony.

But what does it mean to use the term "postmodernism"? The

concept of postmodern has been so widely applied in every field that it has

lost any aspect of accuracy and scientific value. It is a dangerous term

because using it one has the illusion of understanding a determinate work

of art or a social condition, but, since it is an illusion, that same term does

not give a comprehensive understanding of the complexities which can

characterize one‘s object of analysis.

25

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
The term postmodernism is included as a subdivision of this

dissertation because all the books that are studied in it are commonly

acknowledged as postmodernist and the kind of postmodernism the

dissertation refers to is a literary one. In literary studies this term was first

used by Ihab Hassan in The Dismemberment of Orpheus, a book of the late

60s which mainly focuses on authors that we would now define modernists.

Twenty years later Terry Eagleton gave a definition of the term that

recognizes "the typical postmodernist artefact" as "playful, self-ironizing"

and that sees in it a reaction "to the austere autonomy of high modernism

by impudently embracing the language of commerce and the commodity."

There is a consensus among many critics who stress on the

recreational and ironic aspects of postmodern literature in contrast to the

more austere modernism. This is a simplification. It is crucial to stress that

the so-called postmodern literature developed during the second half of the

twentieth century, a moment in which technology and in particular new

visual and recording mass media began to acquire a dominant role in

people‗s life. In the 60s, when a part of the European intellectual debate

was concerned with the death of the novel as cultural form, the language of

cinema and television seemed to offer a very strong alternative to the more

plain structure of the novel.

26

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
It was thus unavoidable for the new novelists to confront these

languages, to discover through them new forms of narration that would

have opened a path toward a correct understanding of the forces of mass

media. David Harvey is right in arguing that "postmodernism" represents a

kind of reaction to, or departure from, 'modernism‗, but this statement

should be clarified by saying that postmodernism is a reaction to

modernity, departing from modernism. Postmodern American literature,

indeed, reacted to the new narrative styles created and promoted by

television and other mass media, using them in their work that was already

shaped with techniques that were mainly developed by modernism.

The modernist sensibility is present under the form of a critique of

the use of those same mass media that influenced them. Writers like Don

DeLillo, who is usually considered distant from these themes, show himself

to have been always conscious, in his novels, of mass media and the

technologies, and the dualism between word and image as a conflict

between individuals and a system that tries to devour them in its logic is

presented.

Postmodernism is somehow honored with the fact that it has

liberated the cultural and social theory from the limitations of meta-

27

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
narratives.This movement was somehow the start of a new era. It

revolutionized almost everything relating to cultural and social issues and

thus independent elements like identity and consumerism and so on:

The attack on grand narratives is not restricted to science and

overarching theories; more importantly it is an attack on

intellectual conventions that could at least distinguish opinion

from theory ,an incoherent argument from a coherent

argument ,theory from fiction ,theory from reality ,an intent at

truthful representation from playful fiction and so on. This is

the legacy of postmodern methodology.As these conventions

have fallen from grace, anything goes. The green light has

been given to poor scholarship, truncated thinking and weak

theory.Indeed, it no longer seems important to make such

identifications since they presuppose the validity of the

conventions that belong to an earlier era and are deemed to be

no longer relevant (Bauman 19).

Throughout the 1980s, the social critics had the perspective that most

of the well-developed capitalist communities were subjected to integral

changes. The alleged changes are in production and technology, the

28

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
growing effect of informatics, the dominance of electronic media, and

decline of heavy industries. We may attribute these changes as Fordism, the

revolutionizing of the requirements for work, the dissolution of

communities and the changing of the roles that were previously attributed

to genders. All these changes have a unique message that the new era is

conceived with insubordinate modifications due to the occurrence of a

period. This allegedly period surpasses the bounds of its prior epochs and

subverts any antediluvian restrictive structures, in other words,

deconstructs them.

The supposed changes that we merely connect them as being most

pertinent to the establishment of the latest ideology of consumerism had

undeniable effect in this process are the shift from Fordist to post-Fordist

forms of production. The change from a life-focus centered on work to one

on consumption; the replacement of fixed identities with fluid,

consumption-based identities and the de-materialization of consumption

(Ballesteros 130).

2.2. Jean Baudrillard

Jean Baudrillard was born to a peasant family in Reims, north-east France,

on July 29, 1929. He was the first in his family to attend university when he

29

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
moved to Sourbonne University in Paris. There he studied German

language, which lead him to begin teaching the subject at a provincial

Lycee, where he remained from 1958 until his departure in 1966. While

teaching, Baudrillard began to publish reviews of literature, and translated

the works of such authors as peter Weiss, Bertold Brecht, and Wilhelm

Muhlmann. Gradually, Baudrillard commenced to transfer to sociology;

eventually completing his doctoral thesis The System of Objects (1996)

under the tutelage of Henri Lefebvre.

In 1986, he moved to IRIS (Institute de Recherche' et d'Information

Socio-E'conomique), where he spent the latter part of his teaching career.

During this time, he took a few steps away from sociology as a discipline.

After ceasing to teach full time, he rarely identified himself with any

particular discipline, though he remained linked to the academic world.

During the 1980s and 90s, his books gained, to a great extent, a wide range

of addressees as an intellectual and thinker. He died of illness on March

6th, 2007, at the age of 77.

Baudrillard was also a social theorist and critic best known for his

modes of mediation and of technological communication. His writing,

although consistently interested in the way technological progress affects

30

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
social change, covers diverse subjects- from consumerism to gender

relations to the social understanding of history to journalistic commentaries

about AIDS and cloning.

His published work emerged as part of a generation of French

thinkers such as Gilles Deleuze (1925-1995), Jean-francois Lyotard (1924-

1998), Michel Foucault (1926-1984), and Jacques Lacan (1901-1981), who

all shared an interest in semiotics, and he is often seen as a part of the

poststructuralist philosophical school. In common with many

poststructuralists, his arguments consistently draw upon the notion that

signification and meaning are both only understandable in terms of how

particular words or "signs" interrelate. Baudrillars, like other

poststructuralist, hypothesized that meaning is brought about through

systems of signs working together.

Following the footsteps of the structuralist linguist Ferdinand de

Saussure, Baudrillard argued that meaning is based upon an absence (so

"dog" means "dog" not because of what the word says, but because of what

the word does not say: "cat", "goat", "tree", etc.). In fact, he viewed

meaning as near enough self-referntial: objects, images of objects, words,

31

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
and signs are situated in a web of meaning: one object‘s meaning is only

understandable through its relation to the meaning of other objects.

From this starting point, Baudrillard constructed broad theories of

human being based upon this kind of self-referentiality. His pictures of

society portray societies always searching for a sense of meaning that

remains consistently elusive. In contrast to poststructuralist such as

Foucault, for whom the search for knowledge always created a relationship

of power and dominance, Baudrillard developed theories in which the

excessive, fruitless search for total knowledge lead almost inevitably to a

kind of delusion. In Baudrillard's view, the human subject may try to

understand the non-human object, but because the object can be only

understood according to what it signifies and because the process of

signification immediately involves a web of other signs from which it is

distinguished.

This never produces the desired results. The subject, rather, becomes

seduced by the object. He argued that, in the last analysis, a complete

understanding of the human life is impossible, and when people are

seduced into thinking otherwise they become drawn toward a "simulated

version of reality" or, to use one of his neologisms, a state of "hyper-

32

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
reality". This is not to say that the world becomes unreal, but rather that the

faster and more comprehensively societies begin to bring reality together

into one supposedly coherent picture, the more insecure and unstable it

looks and the more fearful societies become. Reality, in this sense, "dies

out."

Accordingly, Baudrillard argued that in the late twentieth century,

"global" society, the excess of signs and of meaning had caused a (quite

paradoxical) effacement of reality. In this world, neither liberal nor Marxist

utopias are any longer believed in. People live, he argued, not in a "global

village", to use Marshal McLuhan's (1911-1980) well-known phrase, but

rather in a world that is ever more easily petrified by even the smallest

event.

Because the "global" world operates at the level of the exchange of

signs and commodities, it becomes ever blinder to symbolic acts such as

terrorism. In Baudrillard's work the symbolic realm, which he develops a

perspective on through the anthropological work of Marcel Mauss (1872-

1950) and Georges Bataille (1897-1962), is seen as quite distinct from that

of signs and signification. Signs can be exchanged like commodities;

33

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
symbols, on the other hand, operate quite differently: they are exchanged,

like gifts, sometimes violently as a form of potlatch.

2.3. Simulacra and Simulation

In Simulacra and Simulation, Baudrillard theorizes the emergence of a new

theory of signification, one that resembles the Saussarian system of signs in

reverse. It is almost anti-representational in nature. Baudrillard's theory of

simulation, which holds that the ordering of the basic elements of signs,

usually considered in terms of signified preceding the signifier, is now in

postmodern society, reversed, such that the signifier, the image, the

symbol, icon, and index, precedes the signified, the real basis of the sign,

posits a world where capitalism has run rampant, and where any concept of

the real, or of meaning, or of history, has been eroded. Baudrillard's

postmodern world is that of mass communication, mass media and the

proliferation, across all boundaries, of signs. Baudrillard's formulation of

postmodernism, in extreme conclusion, would entail the eventual

disintegration of the Saussaurian concept of the sign, leaving a world

completely divorced from the real and containing only infinitely recursive

simulacra.

34

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Simulation has many bases. It is a direct result of capitalism in that

the fetishization of the commodity has come, in a society that places more

and more value on information itself as a commodity, to be applied to ideas

and images themselves. Just as the concept of use-value had been eroded

for material goods that came to have only exchange-value, so did the

concept of use-value of the signified's relation to the signifier become

eroded, leaving only exchange-value between signs. This is the origin of

the simulation, a sign whose only value is that of exchange with other

signs, its use-value, which for a sign means the connection between the

signifier and signified, eroded into nothing. Simulations are removed from

the real, like currency whose value is only exchange and no longer based

on a real weight of gold.

Furthermore, in a society where a constant flow of images via mass

media and mass communication becomes part of everyday life, we are

treated to an endless barrage of signs which we accept, not as being real,

but, as Baudrillard would argue, as supplanting the real, the real loses its

meaning and what we believe and deal with are simulacra. Baudrillard

would, as Jameson did, relate this idea to history. Without any grounding in

the real, and having no way to prove the real, our knowledge of the past is

35

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
confined to whatever symbols we associate with it when we attempt to

portray it.

As he developed his work throughout the 1980s, he moved from

economically-based theory to the consideration of mediation and mass

communications. Although retaining his interest in Saussaurian semiotics

and the logic of symbolic exchange (influenced by anthropologist Marcel

Mauss), Baudrillard turned his attention to Marshal McLuhan, developing

ideas about how the nature of the social relations is determined by the

forms of communication that a society employs.

In so doing, Baudrillard progressed beyond both Saussure's and

Roland Barthes's formal semiology to consider the implications of a

historically-understood (and thus formless), version of structural

semiology. Most famously, he argued, in Symbolic Exchange and Death,

that Western societies have undergone a precession of simulacra. This

precession is in the form of orders of simulacra, from:

1. The era of the original

2. To the counterfeit

3. To the produced, mechanical copy

36

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
4. To the simulated "third order of simulacra", whereby the copy has

replaced the original.

Referring to "On Exactitude in Science" (1999), a fable written by

Jorge Luis Borges, he argued that just as for contemporary society the

simulated copy had superseded the original object, so, too, the map had

come to precede the geographic territory, for example, the first Gulf War:

The image of war preceded real war.

With such reasoning, he characterized the present age, following

Ludwig Feuerbach (1804-1872) and Guy Debord (1931-1994), as one of

"hyperreality" where the real object has been effaced or superseded by the

signs of its existence. Such an assertion, the one for which he is most

criticized is typical of his fatal strategies (1990) of attempting to push his

theories of society beyond themselves. Rather than saying that hysteria

surrounding pedophilia is such that people no longer really understand

what childhood is anymore, Baudrillard argued that the child no longer

exists. Similarly, rather than arguing, as did Susan Sontag in her book On

Photography (1977), that the notion of reality has been complicated by the

profusion of images of it, Baudrillard asserted that ―the real no longer

exists."

37

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Going back to the beginning of his "postmodern" phase, Baudrillard

starts his important essay "The Precession of Simulacra" (1995), by

recounting the feat of imperial map-makers in a story by Jorge Luis Borges

(1899-1986) who makes a map so large and detailed that it covers the

whole empire, existing in a one-to-one relationship with the territory

underlying it. It is a perfect replica of the empire. After a while the map

begins to fray a tatter, the citizens of the empire mourning its loss (having

long taken the map-the simulacrum of the empire-for the real empire).

Under the map, the real territory has turned into a desert, a "desert o the

real." In its place, a simulacrum of reality- the frayed mega-map- is all

that's left.

The term "simulacrum" goes all the way back to Plato, who used it to

describe a false copy of something. Baudrillard has built his whole post-

1970s theory of media effects and culture around his notion of the

simulacrum. He argues that in a postmodern culture dominated by TV,

movies, news media, and the Internet, the whole idea of a true or false copy

of something has been destroyed: all we have now are simulations of

reality, which are not any more or less "real" than the reality they simulate.

38

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
In our culture, claims Baudrillard, we take "maps of reality" like

television, film, etc. as more real than our actual lives. These "simulacra"

(hyperreal copies) precede our lives. Our television friends might seem

more alive to us than their flesh-and-blood equivalents. We communicate

by e-mail, and relate to video game characters like Lara Croft better than

our friends and family.

We drive on freeways to shopping malls full of identical chain stores

and products, watch television shows about film directors and actors go to

films about television production, vote for ex-Hollywood actors for

presidency (Is he really an actor? or a politician? It does not matter). In

fact, we get nervous and edgy if we are away too long from our computers,

our e-mail accounts, our cell phones. Now the real empire lies in tatters, the

hyperreal map still quite intact. We have entered an era where third-order

simulacra dominate our lives, where the image has lost any connection to

the real things.

2.4. A General Overview on the Notion of Hyeprreality

Lots of critics followed Lyotard and his notions, including the French

cultural theorist Jean Baudrillard, who believed that humankind has entered

the phase of what he called the "hyperreal". According to Baudrillard, the

39

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
first Gulf War had never happened; it was simply a hyperreal, media-

generated spectacle.

Since this war was won in advance, we will never know what

it would have been like had it existed…we have seen what an

ultra-modern process of electrocution is like, a process of

paralysis and lobotomy of an experimental enemy away from

the field of the battle with no possibility of reaction. But this is

not a war, any more than 10,000 tons of bombs per day is

sufficient to make it a war. Any more than the direct

transmission by CNN of real time information is sufficient to

authenticate a war. (61)

Walmsley introduces Baudrillard in this way:

The popular notion of a postmodern age in which everything

and everyone is consumable, in which the medium becomes

the message, in which there is no hidden depth beneath the

surface, in which the truth is another illusion, and in which

every experience is reduced to the level of an MTV rock video

owes a considerable debt to the French sociologist, Jean

Baudrillard. (412-413)

40

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Known as a postmodern sociologist, Jean Baudrillard, in is

influential book, Simulacra and Simulations (1981) which is "the definitive

moment when Baudrillard's theories shift into a postmodern account of

culture" (Mason 32), makes use of the terms "Simulation" and "

hyperreality" in order to define the "mediatization" of reality in post-

industrial society.

Discussing abstract and totalizing theory, he rarely refers to

television directly but, this view shows a good judgment to the context of

watching TV. He maintains that based on the immense increase in signs

and images broadcasted in post-war media theory, the differentiation

between objects and their representation has vanished.

He argues that we are now living in a world of "simulation" where

media-produced images act freely from any external reality. Signs and

meanings move aimlessly in a self-referential "hyperreality", an extreme

reality and also one that is literally "hyped".

In Simulations, Baudrillard suggests four basic historical phase of the

sign. In the first phase, there is a truth, a basic reality which is faithfully

represented. This truth or reality still exists in the second phase, but it is

distorted, warped, or perverted through representation. Finally, in the fourth

41

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
phase, there is no relationship between the sign and reality, since there is no

longer anything real to reflect.

Baudrillard asserts, now, the western society has entered the fourth

phase of development, the "hyperreal". In the fourth phase, or the order of

simulation, meaning "implodes" and we move from reality to hyperreality.

This hyperreality is nothing but the direct result of advances in information

technologies. As Berten notes:

We have entered the hyperreal… Whereas the real was

produced, the hyperreal is reproduced. The hyperreal is a

reproduced real, the real as 'the generation by models of a real

without origin or reality', constructed 'from miniaturized units,

from matrices, memory banks and command models', a '

meticulous reduplication of the real, preferably through

another, reproductive medium'. (146)

Apparently, a central tenet of Baudrillard's argument is that, in

contemporary culture, the object and the sign have become

indistinguishable; therefore, we have replaced reality with simulation and

the hyperreal:

42

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
In the age of hyperreal, the image dominates, and the 'normal'

relationships are turned on their head. The age of production

has given way to the age of simulation, an age in which

products are no longer made and then sold; they are sold

before they exist. (Waugh 413)

Advertisements, then, play a crucial role in this age, since media

creates advertisement and through that a desire created for the advertised

product, which is later created to fulfill that desire:

For Baudrillard, the way this excess of desire is produced and

manipulated in contemporaray culture is the motivating force

of capitalism and leads to the most central aspect of

postmodernity; the ubiquity of the messages produced by

advertising in the communications media and the subsequent

annihilation of reality. This, Baudrillard defines as the

'seduction of commodity. ( Malpas, " The postmodern" 123).

In more general terms, in the hyperreal world, there is no reality principle,

in fact, it is lost for good. Moreover, there is no chance of reversing or

moving backward, since "we are already pre-coded", as Baudrillard

believes.

43

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
"Simulacrum" is a term he uses in order to refer not only to

representation, but also to suggest a sense of fake and counterfeit.

Walmsley remarks:

Simulacra pervade every level of our existence, and we cannot

escape from them or, express ourselves in terms other than

through the codes which saturate us. Normal, sexual desires,

for instance is no longer personal response to a person we

meet and with whom we interact. On the contrary, it is

simulated by the images of beauty and desire with which the

media bombard us, and we remould and recreate our bodies

and personalities in accord with the latest fashion of the

beauty. (413)

Thus, considering hyperreality, Baudrillard does not mean unreality,

rather he represents a culture in which the fantastical creation of the media,

film and computer technologies have come to be more real for us than the

real world, to the extent that they "interact more fundamentally with our

experiences and desires than the hitherto predominant realities of nature or

spiritual life" as Malpas asserts (125).

44

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
In this simulated world, we can create our virtual selves, one that

have no basis in reality; it means that every social role we adopt is "already

pre-coded to such an extent there is no possibility of breaking free from the

matrix of representation into a genuine, personal response" as Waugh

explains (413). In the condition expressed, in which representation

becomes more important than the events being represented; no possibility

of resistance and interference is suggested by Baudrillard.

2.5. Baudrillardian Hyperrealism

Baudrillard‘s basic epistemological thesis is that, due to the implosion of

the medium and the message, and due to much of media being based upon

self-referential pseudo-events internal to the media, what we consider to be

‗Real‘ has now changed. His epistemological work on McLuhan‘s

‗Medium is the message‘ (McLuhan 1964) leads him to conclude that ―It is

by the technological support that each ‗message‘ is in the first place

transitive towards another ‗message,‘ and not towards a human reality‖

(Baudrillard 42).

Baudrillard gives a historical illustration of this, inspired by that of

Benjamin (1936). Baudrillard defines three era, or ‗orders,‘ of simulacra,

which he ties to ―the successive mutations of the law of value‖ (Baudrillard

45

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
50). Before the Renaissance we had the ‗obligatory sign‘: in societies based

on ceremony and rank ―signs are not arbitrary‖ and their ―circulation is

restricted‖ as they are ―protected by a prohibition which ensures their total

clarity and confers an unequivocal status on each‖ (ibid). ―The arbitrariness

of the sign begins when [...] the signifier starts to refer to a disenchanted

universe of the signified, the common denominator of the real world,

towards which no-one any longer has the least obligation: (ibid).

Post-Renaissance signs are ‗emancipated signs,‘ correlated to the

emancipation of class and the rise of democratic ideals (ibid: 50-51). Thus

in the period from the Renaissance to the Industrial revolution we have

―overt competition at the level of signs of distinction‖ in the form of

fashion (something that cannot exist pre-Renaissance due to the tight

control on signification) and instead of the production of signs being based

on reciprocal social obligations, tradition, and class, they now proliferate

based on ―demand‖ (ibid: 51).

Baudrillard refers to this period as that of the ‗counterfeit‘ not

because pre-Renaissance signs are changed, but because emancipated

signs, being ―non-discriminatory,‖ ―relieved of every constraint,‖ and

―universally available,‖ have also become free of ―reference to the real‖

46

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
and to ―nature‖ (ibid: 51). Thus, the emancipated sign must simulate the

‗obligations‘ of traditional signs and ―giv[e] the appearance that it is bound

to the world‖ (ibid), or else they will hold no resonance with people.

Baudrillard draws parallels between the adventures of the sign with that of

class and labour: ―just as the ‗free‘ worker is only free to produce

equivalents, the ‗free and emancipated‘ sign is only free to produce

equivalent signifieds‖ (ibid).

Baudrillard‘s empirical example for this is the development of stucco

in architecture during the Renaissance, in which it was used in the

―imitation of nature‖, ―embrac[ing] all forms, imitate[ing] all materials,‖

and becoming ―generally equivalent for all the other‖ signs (ibid: 51-52).

The next order of simulacra, corresponding to Benjamin‘s ‗age of

mechanical reproduction‘ (Benjamin 1936), arises during the Industrial

Revolution, featuring ―signs with no caste tradition, that will never have

known restriction on their status, and which will never have to

be counterfeits, since from the outset they will be products on a gigantic

scale‖ (Baudrillard 55). Mass production of objects solves the problems

caused by their counterfeiting. Instead of the relationship between objects

being based on the original versus the counterfeit (i.e. real grapes vs. stucco

47

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
grapes), the relationship becomes that of ―equivalence and indifference‖ as

objects become ―indistinct simulacra of one another‖ (ibid). Baudrillard

says that Benjamin‘s analysis ―shows that reproduction absorbs the process

of production, changes its goals, and alters the status of the product and the

producer‖ (Baudrillard 55).

In this order of simulacra, objects are ―conceived according to their

very reproducibility, their diffraction from a generative core called a

‗model‘ [...] There is no more counterfeiting of an original [...] and no more

pure series [...]; there are models from which all forms proceed according

to modulated differences‖. (ibid: 56) Thus, the result of ―this process of

reproducibility‖ is that the Real becomes ―not only that which can be

reproduced, but that which is always already reproduced: the hyperreal‖

(ibid: 73). Baudrillard‘s definition of the Real is ―that of which it is

possible to provide an equivalent reproduction‖ (ibid), and thus to

―dissimulate is to feign not to have what one has,‖ therefore ―feigning or

dissimulating leaves the reality principle intact: the difference is always

clear, it is only masked‖ (Baudrillard 5).

Realist conceptions of the truth rely on the premise that you can

prove something wrong or right, that evidence can be provided to prove the

48

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
speaker‘s comment was wrong and therefore was lying. Conversely, in a

Hyperreal conception, ―To simulate is to feign to have what one hasn‘t,‖

and thus ―simulation threatens the difference between ‗true‘ and ‗false,‘

between ‗real‘ and ‗imaginary‘‖ (ibid). For the topic at hand, we can thus

say that the Realist actions of journalists (quoting and interviewing,

providing ‗both‘ sides, live reporting) function to restore the ‗reality

principle‘ by creating simulations of ‗reality‘ instead of functioning to

verify and distribute ‗true‘ information, therefore their normative role

would be largely undermined.

Furthermore, he argues that many news media events are ―produced

as artifacts from the technical manipulation of the medium and its coded

elements […] It is this generalized substitution of the code for the

reference that defines mass media consumption‖ (Baudrillard 92). ‗Reality‘

has now become simply models of reality. Simulation ―is the generation by

models of a real without origin or reality‖ (Baudrillard 2).

News events become a simulation of an event ―in the sense that they

are inscribed in advance in the decoding and orchestration rituals of the

media‖ and ―function as a set of signs dedicated exclusively to their

recurrence as signs, and no longer to their ‗real‘ goal at all‖ (Baudrillard

49

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
42). Again, connecting this to journalism, the ‗he said, she said‘ motif and

the presence of ‗competing truth claims‘ act only to simulate that one or the

other can possibly be true and that we are rational beings who can make

that determination, both which are inherent in the ‗decoding and

orchestration rituals‘ of news media.

Furthermore, he adds (ibid: 32): ―Facts no longer have any trajectory

of their own, they rise at the intersection of the models; a single fact may

even be engendered by all the models at once. This anticipation, this

precession, this short-circuit, this confusion of the fact with its model [...] is

what each time allows for all the possible interpretations, even the most

contradictory – all are true, in the sense that their truth is exchangeable, in

the image of the models from which they process, in a generalized cycle.

We can thus see that this conception of ‗truth‘ as extending from

models-as-truth within the media deeply problematizes the idea that access

to more information will allow us to make better choices in politics, society

and the rest, for much of that information has no reflection to Real life, but

instead to signs of Real life‖.

Baudrillard seems to believe there is/was truth out there; we just

cannot access it anymore because our modern epistemology is Hyperreal.

50

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Just as advertising and consumerism does not depend on truth to sell its

goods, ―[m]ass communication is beyond truth and falsehood […] All the

great humanistic criteria of value, all those of a civilization of moral,

aesthetic, practical judgment, fade away on our system of images and

signs‖ (Baudrillard 72).

So what is the actual function of news media then? ―All media and

the official news service only exist to maintain the illusion of actuality – of

the reality of the stakes, of the objectivity of the facts‖ (Baudrillard 71).

This is also expressed by Žižek: ―one should not forget to include in the

content of an act of communication the act itself, since the meaning of each

act of communication is also to reflexively assert that it is an act of

communication‖ (Žižek 21). Thus, the ‗stakes‘ are not purely political-

economic in nature but epistemological; not that we have to take a side in a

political-economic struggle, but that the struggle itself it what is important,

for if it is belief in this struggle that maintains the system.

While some would view a news story about, for example, one

political party criticizing another as a ‗elite transaction‘ irrelevant to the

larger populace and democracy in general and only reflecting these party‘s

differing political-economic bases and not any fundamental policy

51

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
differences (i.e. Curran 2000, Sparks 2000), Baudrillard‘s perspective

would view it as simply reinforcing that this discourse, no matter what its

base, exists to simulate multi-party democracy and a possible left-right

binary.

The purpose of news reports about movements of abstract units of

currency around the world, the rise and fall of stock markets and other

financial news is not to inform people what exactly is going on, but to

reinforce that they are important. Thus, we can argue that the news media

does not function to inform people of ‗facts‘ but to maintain the simulation

that those facts (and not other ones) are ‗real‘ and central to our lives.

2.6. Mechanical Reproductions and Media Simulations

Repeatedly copying an original imbues it with a special power. The very

fact that something is worthy of copying dignifies it in a way, suggesting

that it is special enough to preserve and recreate. When multiple copies of

the item are made, an aura begins to develop around it. The original gains

power and influence. It becomes important. As the copies circulate and

more people are exposed to the item, it becomes more and more

recognizable. The more that people recognize it, the more power it holds.

The aura grows.

52

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
The infinite reproducibility of the original recalls Walter Benjamin‗s

classic discussion of "The Work of Art in the Age of Mechanical

Reproduction." Benjamin also describes the aura surrounding a work of art,

but he sees it in a different way. To Benjamin, the aura of the original is

created by its uniqueness. He argues that an object‗s inherent value is

derived from its rarity. In the age of mechanical reproduction "that which

withers is . . .the aura of the work of art" (283).

Benjamin suggests that the more widely reproduced the work is, the

weaker its aura. In fact, he goes as far as to argue that an object‗s

uniqueness is actually synonymous with its aura (283). This may be true for

high culture art, but in the case of pop art, the opposite is true. In pop art

(which is increasingly the art form that influences contemporary culture),

the more reproducible an object is, the greater its aura. Mechanical

reproduction has drastically increased the cultural impact of pop art

because it has facilitated an art form that can easily and affordably reach

the masses.

Benjamin, himself, admits that ―mechanical reproduction of art

changes the reaction of the masses toward art‖(284). The reason for this

change is the newfound accessibility of reproduced art. It can reach more

53

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
people. And, as I previously argued, in postmodern American culture the

growth of an object‗s aura is directly proportionate to its mass accessibility

and cultural saturation. The more recognizable an image is, the stronger its

place in the cultural collective.

Rather than liberating art from its aura, as Benjamin suggested would

happen, the mass reproduction of art has only solidified the aura as a

necessary element of cultural success and recognition. In order for

something to be considered a cultural success now, it must be widely

accessible and regularly consumed. Thus, the opposite of Benjamin‗s

prediction has occurred. The commodification of culture "has worked to

preserve the myth of origins and of authenticity" (Frow 422), and has

actually only reinforced the role of the aura in the classification of a "work

of art."

By Benjamin‗s suggestions, this result might have been predictable.

He argues that "the existence of the work of art with reference to its aura is

never entirely separated from its ritual function" (284). His argument is that

a work of art‗s "authenticity" is derived from its connection to a ritual

performance (as in theater or concert) and that a copy of this performance

could never equal the original, thereby establishing authenticity. However,

54

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
there is a different perspective on the idea of "ritual art." Ritual implies an

event or concept that can be indefinitely reproduced almost identically. In

pop art, this ritual characteristic is exactly what reinforces the aura.

The ability to recreate extends the accessibility to the masses and

ensures its cultural status precisely because (and not in spite of) its "public

presentability" (Benjamin 284). The aura of a work of art is actually

strengthened by that work of art‗s commodification. In postmodern

America the success of a work of art depends on its function as a cultural

commodity. The attention span of mass America is growing shorter and

shorter; this places a heavy burden on the art (and the artist) to entertain if

it wants to maintain relevancy.

Art must always seek to match the rapidly changing landscape of the

fickle public. Very rarely does postmodern society produce anything that is

enduring or respected for more than a few years (and often only a few

days). Everything that entertains any level of cultural relevancy is almost

immediately forgotten by the American public. One reason for this is the

fact that art is now almost always dependent on technology. Music, film,

even literature now, are all at the mercy of technology and run the risk of

extinction not on the basis of merit, but instead simply because of a shift in

55

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
the medium through which art is consumed. For example, the mode of

consumption for music has drastically changed over the last 40 years.

The art form is still essentially the same "artists create audio art for

the listener, but the medium through which that art is transferred is vastly

different. Art and artists who do not adapt to the changing modes of

consumption lose cultural relevancy, and this loss does not necessarily have

anything to do with the merit of the artwork. Thus, commodification of art

does have the ability to create an aura around the work of art, but it also

makes the art a product of consumption which almost always means that

once "consumed" it will become a relic of the cultural past.

This culture of consumption hinges on the need to always drive the

market. Products must constantly be invented, improved, and re-invisioned

in order to maintain a high level of consumption, which is what allegedly

fuels the economy. Because of this, everything in a consumer culture is a

―product‖ to be consumed. It must be asked then ―to what degree is our art

just another consumer product?‖ (Osteen 450). This is a question that

DeLillo addresses in several of his novels.

56

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
2.7. General Overview on Donald Richard Don DeLillo

Born on November 20, 1936, Donald Richard Don DeLillo was reared in a

working-class Italian Catholic family, from Molise, in an Italian-American

borough of the Bronx in New York City. As a teenager, DeLillo was not

fond of writing until taking a summer job as a parking attendant, where

hours spent waiting and watching over vehicles led to a reading habit. In a

2010 interview with The Australian, DeLillo reflected on this period by

saying "I had a personal golden age of reading, in my 20s and my early

30s, and then my writing began to take up so much time".

Among the writers DeLillo read and was inspired by in this period

were James Joyce, William Faulkner, Flannery O'Connor, and Ernest

Hemingway, who was a major influence on DeLillo's earliest attempts at

writing in his late teens. As well as the influence of modernist fiction,

DeLillo has also cited the influence of jazz music – "[...] guys like Ornette

Coleman and Mingus and Coltrane and Miles Davis " -and postwar cinema:

"[...]and Godard and Truffaut, and then in the '70s came the Americans,

many of whom were influenced by the Europeans: Kubrick,

Altman, Coppola, Scorsese and so on. I don't know how they may have

affected the way I write, but I do have a visual sense."

57

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
After graduating from Cardinal Hayes High School in the Bronx in

1954 and from Fordham University in the Bronx with a bachelor's degree

in Communication Arts in 1958, DeLillo took a job in advertising because

he couldn't get one in publishing. He worked for five years as a copywriter

at the agency of Ogilvy and Mather on Fifth Avenue at East 48th

Street, writing image ads for Sears Roebuck among others, working on

―Print ads, very undistinguished accounts...I hadn‘t made the leap to

television. I was just getting good at it when I left, in 1964.‖ DeLillo

published his first short story, ―The River Jordan‖, in Epoch, the literary

magazine of Cornell University, in 1960 and began to work on his first

novel in 1966. Discussing the beginning of his writing career, DeLillo said,

―I did some short stories at that time, but very infrequently. I quit my job

just to quit. I didn't quit my job to write fiction. I just didn't want to work

anymore.‖

However, experiencing various sorts of jobs and living in an

exclusive environment all together led to the commencement of his writing

career in a way that DeLillo said ―I became a writer by living in New York

and seeing and hearing and feeling all the great, amazing and dangerous

things the city endlessly assembles.‖ In an interview to Jonathan Bing

58

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
(1997) DeLillo asserted that ―I became a writer by avoiding serious

commitment to anything else.‖

DeLillo's works are the subject of debate considering their contents

and structure. Many critics assume DeLillo as a postmodern writer,

whereas he claims to be defying this statement. As Peter Boxall suggests in

his introduction to Don DeLillo: The Possibility of Fiction, his work can be

read beyond the postmodern debate which engaged his critics in the recent

years. Certainly DeLillo‗s novels offer always the possibility for a critical

thought which resist the postmodern, but they do so criticizing it from the

inside. DeLillo is able to live, tell and express the postmodern age, looking

at it from a critical distance, which only writing and the possibility of

language, allow him to have. For this reason, defining such a writer as

―postmodern‖, reduces the complexity of his work and hides its main

features.

Don DeLillo has been celebrated by critics for his ability to describe

contemporary society and its struggles. In the words of Molesworth: ―[…]

no other contemporary novelist could be said to outstrip DeLillo in his

ability to depict that larger social environment we blandly call everyday

life‖ (143). He has published sixteen novels, eight (screen) plays, and

59

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
numerous short stories and essays. His fiction has been awarded the

American Book Award (White Noise, 1985), and the PEN/Faulkner Award

(Mao II, 1991) among others, and his 1997 novel Underworld was the

runner-up in the New York Times‘ ‗Best Work of American Fiction of the

Last 25 Years ‗competition. His past works have included subjects such as

the Kennedy assassination (Libra, 1988), foreign and domestic terrorism

(Falling Man, 2007 and Players, 1977 respectively), and isolation (Great

Jones Street, 1973). The two novels I chose to work with spread over a

decade, namely nineties, which his works thrive and represent all his pas

works.

2.8. DeLillo and Media at the Age of Spectacles

What is real? Russ Hodges, the radio speaker who gives a running

commentary on the legendary baseball match between the Dodgers and the

Giants held at Brooklyn‗s Polo Grounds and narrated in the prologue of

Don DeLillo‗s Underworld, has his own personal answer to this question:

―The thing that happens in the sun.‖ He used to work in Charlotte, North

Carolina, creating big league games that were already played, giving his

listeners the illusion that they were acted in the same moment in which he

was narrating them. His business was representations; representations made

60

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
out of words. He recalls: ―somebody hands you a piece of paper filled with

letters and numbers and you have to make a ball game out of it.‖

He also recalls that his only desire at the time was to work at the

Polo Grounds in New York, doing real baseball. However, when he is

finally there, under the New York sun, he discovers that what his voice is

narrating does not hold together the different dimensions developing in

front of his eyes; and by the end of the show he is dazzled, like a drunkard

who mimes a ball game, in the empty stadium. What he thought it was real,

corresponded perfectly to the unreal he used to represent.

The twentieth century has been strongly affected by a desire similar

to that of Russ Hodges for the real thing. Surrounded by images that keep

multiplying, people still live in a constant urge for the real. They look for it

in newspapers and magazines, in television, radio and on the internet, and

the more they watch, the more their distance from reality seems to increase.

American society, estranged by a real performed as spectacle in the media,

finds only uncertainties in its quest for knowledge. Its condition is still a

postmodern one, with all the positive and negative implications that such a

statement has.

61

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
In this respect, little has changed since television and mass media

industry in general, began to shape society, and spectacles and images

became the main instrument with which reality is experienced. Yet, this

wild process, by which a multiform visual language dominated American

culture, has offered in the years, from Kennedy‗s assassination to 9/11,

several "epiphanic" moments. When, for example, on September 11, 2001,

millions of Americans watched live on television the downfall of the Twin

Towers, the spectacle created an uncanny feeling of virtuality. Was it really

happening or was it just another Hollywood production?

As Slavoj Žižek suggests, what we saw on television that day was

not the harsh intrusion of reality in our realm of images, but the exact

contrary: the image of the two towers collapsing entered and altered our

reality. The point is that our reality was already shaped by images and 9/11

simply revealed it to us. Quoting Alan Badiou and his Le Siècle, Žižek

argues that the attack represented the conclusion, the climax, of this

"passion for the real" which characterized twentieth century. From this

point of view it is possible to trace continuity in the development of mass

media from the early stage of their diffusion to the new millennium. This

first act of mass media history is over and the rush of new digital

technologies opened a new age for communication.

62

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Certainly the medium par excellence that defines America, from the

post-war era to the present, is television. It has penetrated American homes

and minds for decades, selling the only possible world, the only real one;

causing what Cecelia Tichi calls an "ontological change," becoming the

very certification of human experience. Still television was perceived as a

dangerous medium since its birth.

As David Foster Wallace notices in "E unibus pluram: television and

U.S. fiction", television literally means "seeing far"; and thus it trains the

watcher not only to feel really present at any televised event, such us the

Olympics or New York under a terrorist attack, but also to relate to

everyday life as something distant and exotic, as if it is shown on a TV

screen. Wallace‗s ideas of "seeing far" and of distance, evoke the words

that Guy Debord uses as incipit in The Society of the Spectacle: "The whole

life of those societies in which modern conditions of production prevail

presents itself as an immense accumulation of spectacles. All that was once

directly lived has distanced itself into a representation."

Paraphrasing the same words with which Marx begins the first

section of the Capital, Debord signals a crucial shift in the postmodern

development of capitalism: the commodity has become spectacle, image,

63

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
and mere representation. Of extreme importance is the term Debord uses to

point out this process: the real "s‗est éloigné", distanced itself, it went

away; a concept that a medium such as television embodies perfectly.

The Society of the Spectacle was published in 1967, when mass

media were still in an archaic phase of their development, in comparison to

the present. In such a phase Debord has sensed the malignant charm of

representations, and prophesied the immaterial reality of today. Using as a

starting point the first section of Marx‗s Capital, the one in which the fetish

side of the commodity is analyzed, Debord builds his two hundred and

twenty one theses, conveying a crucial message, that is the spectacle is the

last stage of the transformation of the commodity, which has no more value

in itself, but only as an abstraction: ―The Spectacle corresponds to the

historical moment at which the commodity completes its colonization of

social life. It is not just that the relationship to commodities is now plain to

see ―commodities are now all that there is to see; the world we see is the

world of the commodity.‖

It is not something related uniquely to the world of mass media, but

to the entire capitalist society: ―The Spectacle is capital accumulated to the

point where it becomes image;‖ It makes the real become image and only

64

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
the images can be real: ―...reality erupts within the spectacle, and the

spectacle is real;‖ It establishes a monopoly of the truth, a unique

unbreakable order of things: ―The spectacle manifests itself as an enormous

positivity, out of reach and beyond dispute. All it says is: 'Everything that

appears is good; whatever is good will appear.‖

Debord distinguishes two forms of spectacles: a concentrated

spectacle, which is related to totalitarian societies, and a diffused spectacle,

typical of western democracies; however, in his Commentaries on the

Society of the Spectacle, he envisions a unique integrated spectacle, which

unifies both the forms theorized before. Whereas the concentrated spectacle

could not control peripheral societies and the diffused spectacle could not

control society in all of its expressions, the integrated one pervades all of

reality, without possibility of escape.

When the Commentaries were written, in 1988, the Berlin wall had

not yet fallen, but Debord confirmed his capacity of prophesizing on this

further development of the spectacle, which interests the contemporary

world. It is thus in this way that the theories enunciated in The Society of

the Spectacle are fulfilled. Spectacle is a term that better than others gives

significance to the way in which mass media transforms reality; it

65

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
transcends technology in order to underline the human role in this process.

Instead of considering mass media as autonomous forces, Debord looks at

them as strictly embedded in the society which produces them. Such an

approach should be of help in finding paths to resist the overwhelming

power of the media, but also Debord is not immune from a sort of

impotence that affects critics of mass media.

One of the characteristics of mass media‗s critique is that it has,

paradoxically, helped them to flourish. Critique seems to have functioned

as those prohibitions that inflame curiosity and interest for the thing they

try to prevent. The more critics build theories, systems of thought that

attempt to understand, classify and dominate the technologies of mass

media, the more these technologies multiply their power, acquiring

consent, and proving their necessity.

In Understanding Media Marshall McLuhan writes: "not even the

most lucid understanding of the peculiar force of a medium can head off

the ordinary 'closure' of the senses that causes us to conform to the pattern

of experience presented." The closure of the senses is a sort of dream-like

state of mind to which many visual media (television above all) force our

66

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
brain. Being used to their languages since childhood one is compelled to

structure one‗s thoughts in terms of passive spectatorship.

One is not the creative interpreter of a certain message, but

submissive spectator of a medium. That the force of a medium is something

not easy to counteract is made clear by the fact that the relationship with a

medium (television for an example) is always unequal: the power to control

the medium is limited to certain types of operations that one can perform in

order to obtain a limited result. But the medium can operate without control

from the moment in which it starts to function.

Literature responded to the advent of cinema and television, often

critically, often with an aura of cool detachment that might give a different,

more thoughtful, perspective on reality. Apart from the great artistic quality

that many visual products can reach, if one considers the medium used,

there is a crucial difference to underline: the possibility to control that

medium. Cinema and television present moving images and sounds that

most of the time pass rapidly in front of one‗s eyes, and through one‗s

hears, without giving the opportunity to reflect and interpret those images.

A book, instead, gives space to a various range of actions that can be

performed by its reader in order to gain control over the form and content

67

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
of the medium. The reader is always engaged in a never-ending

interpretative process by which he or she becomes the main actor of the

communicative act he or she is involved in with the writer. In "The Movies

and Reality" (1926), Virginia Woolf deplored 1920s cinema, in which

travesties of great novels, simplified to a ridiculous degree, were the norm:

The eye says: "Here is Anna Karenina." A voluptuous lady in

black velvet wearing pearls comes before us. But the brain

says: "That is no more Anna Karenina than it is Queen

Victoria." For the brain knows Anna almost entirely by the

inside of her mind, her charm, her passion, her despair. All the

emphasis is laid by the cinema upon her teeth, her pearls, and

her velvet.(13)

But that same brain to which Woolf gives so much power can be

easily "titillated", and "settles down to watch things happening without

bestirring itself to think." However something different happens when one

finds himself in a reversed situation: reading a book where the act of

watching a movie or a TV-show is described. In this case, and as examples

one could use various passages from Don DeLillo, passages that will be

later analyzed in this thesis, the author never induces the reader into passive

68

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
receptivity; a rambling narrative like Underworld , for example, forces the

reader to reconsider his status as spectator, to critically look at the

environment created by the media. It works as a sort of filter for all those

images that overwhelm him in everyday life.

From an historical perspective mass media penetrated the world as

people were used to experience it and modified it at its roots, creating new

perceptions of reality. This epoch-making shift took place in the midst of

the twentieth century, when the arrival of new media technologies caused

that gradual distancing from the real which, according to Debord,

characterized the ―society of the spectacle.

The real has been killed by TV, as Baudrillard would later theorize in

his The Perfect Crime: what disappears with postmodernity is the

possibility of the real, the capacity of projecting oneself into a world that

would be directly experienced. That real is substituted with imitations,

images, representations, simulacra, to use a Baudrillard's term. But these

images and imitations, while ―killing the real‖, also serve as signals of its

disappearance.

What are the technological roots of television? Television is rooted

in narrative techniques that belong to the novel, to the Greek tragedy, to the

69

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Shakespearian Theatre. Television is a medium that proposes narratives,

tales under the form of information or entertainment. But since it is a

different and powerful medium it has the faculty of shaping one‗s ideas,

one‗s perception of reality and one‗s decisions. Wallace says that television

hegemony is resistant to the critique of what he calls the fiction of image

because television itself has co-opted those distinctive narrative forms that

characterize postmodern literature.

In his widely quoted essay "E Unibus Pluram," Wallace recognizes

certain elements which characterize the writers of his generation. The main

one is the omnipresence of television in their lives. Television became for

these writers a very useful instrument would help them observe, describe

and study the American character. It has become a mirror that reflects what

people want to see, their desires. And being desire, "fictionally

speaking...the sugar in human food," fiction writers use television as a

substitute of their own ogling, watching, and staring activity that is

necessary to their job.

In stressing the importance of television for the generation of writers

which he belongs to (those born in the 1960's), Wallace is tracing a crucial

separating line in the history of twentieth-century American literature. A

70

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
line that divides two generations of writers by the relationship they had

with television. Foster Wallace is among those writers that have been born

with television and that are used to its presence in their homes, while other

writers, those born in the 30's, the generation of DeLillo, saw the TV-set

materialize in their home, as a new mysterious, technological object. This

generation confronted TV as something exotic, a novelty or a curiosity, and

finally an object that would debauch the American character.

They could experience the development of the TV environment in

the United States, a process that goes from the exotic to the commonplace,

a naturalization by which the TV phenomenon becomes assimilated to the

point that people see it as a part of the natural order of things. The advent

of a television age represented for these authors the entrance in a

completely new cultural dimension that was just beginning to reshape the

way in which America envisioned itself. They were aware of this change

and their work reflects it.

To put it in Wallace‗s words, ―they were sentient citizens of a

community that was exchanging an old idea of itself as a nation of doers

and be-ers for a new vision of the U.S.A. as an atomized mass of self-

conscious watchers and appearers. ―From this point of view,

71

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
postmodernism was deeply informed by television and other mass media,

with the result that many of its expressions can be read as articulate

reflections on the issues of appearance and representation that could have

only been raised by the visual ambiguity in which the new medium was

taking America.

The real life, distanced from the spectacle, was beginning to imitate

it, as disparate texts show. Postmodern fiction exploits the lexicon and the

forms of television, legitimating the televisual as the primary, natural,

structure of experience. Cecelia Tichi Cecelia Tichi in Electronic Hearth:

Creating an American Television Culture reads many novels by DeLillo,

Donald Barthelme, Raymond Carver, and others in these terms. Jack

Gladney, in DeLillo‗s White Noise, checks on his sleeping children and

feels as if he‗d wondered in a TV moment; a part in Carver‗s Cathedral,

becomes like one those game shows; stories in which TV programs become

an integral part of the structure of story-telling, and in which the narrative

depends on the structure of television The society of the spectacle governs

fiction and even if writers act as critics of this society, they nonetheless

exploit its technologies, being aware that those technologies shape the

contemporary environment.

72

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Television and other media in which the disappeared real reappears,

fragmented and ruined, and the Traces of media influence in the American

character can already be found in novels that precede the rise of literary

postmodernism in the United States or that can be considered as early

postmodernism. At the end of The Naked and the Dead (1948) by Norman

Mailer, for example, a Major of the U.S. Troops, Dalleson, has what he

thinks is a genial idea in order to jazz up the map-reading class: to use a

Betty Grable full-size color photograph in a bathing suit, with coordinates

and a grid system. The instructor could point to different parts of her and

say, 'Give me the coordinates.' Goddam, what an idea!

The Major chuckled out of sheer pleasure. It would make those

troopers wake up and pay some attention in map class. He thinks, and it is

as if he acts with a typical postmodern mood, understanding that the

coordinates of a postmodern world are dictated by mass media and Pop -

cultural references became tools to relate to the other, orientating points

that can be recognized by a mass media influenced character. Pop- cultural

references are, of course, a constant element in DeLillo's works.

One cannot almost understand novels such as Mao II, without a

certain knowledge of characters from movies, radio and TV-shows. One of

73

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
the most recognizable things about this century's postmodern fiction was

the movement's strategic deployment of pop-cultural references brand

names, celebrities, television programs in even its loftiest high-art projects,

Wallace says, and one cannot but agree with this statement.

The function of these references is very much different from that of

the modernists that would use products of an early mass culture with

theoretical scopes, and it is not a simply abstract formula with which to

create irony, but it is, fundamentally, a way to return to the real, in a world

that is always more, in Debordian terms, a representation. Showing the

individual's estrangement towards televisual products (think of DeLillo's

White Noise) and the overwhelming power of corporate media (think of

DeLillo's Americana), puts the reader in a critical perspective from which

he can look at his own everyday life, full of images and visual experiences,

like in a mirror.

There has always been in the history of fiction the use of rhetoric

techniques that became typical of television and mass media in general.

Almost provocatively Wallace says that the stream-of-consciousness guys

who fathered modernism were, on a very high level, constructing the same

sort of illusions about privacy-puncturing and espial on the forbidden that

74

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
television has found so fecund. Television is informed by a technology of

the tale which is basically constructed through the use of various narrative

techniques that are traceable to the origins of literature, and cinema is not

free from the same technology.

Joseph Campbell's The Hero With a Thousand Faces clearly referred

to archetypical tales and characters that are still narrated in contemporary

novels, movies and TV-shows. A book like The Writer's Journey: Mythic

Structure For Writers by Chris Vogler, who's deeply influenced by

Campbell's work, is widely used by screenwriters throughout the world,

who are taught to use certain typologies of characters and certain events in

their plot in order to glue the spectators to the screen. From a structuralist

point of view everything is analyzable under the form of tale: a picture, a

ballet, a novel, a movie, and a commercial on TV; different narrative forms

always communicated with each other, and one should not be surprised in

finding this communication among mass media and literature.

Still it is evident that something surprisingly new happened with the

literature produced in the United States after World War Two: the influence

of popular mass culture on literature was not anymore merely technical. In

Wallace's words: About the time television first gasped and sucked air,

75

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
mass popular U.S. Culture became high-art viable as a collection of

symbols and myth.

The episcopate of this pop-reference movement were the post-

Nabokovian black humorists, the metafictionists and assorted franc- and

latinophiles only later comprised by 'postmodern'. In this respect, Wallace

identifies a further change in postmodern literature, something that he calls

a later wave, and of which DeLillo is the true prophet. This later wave is

characterized by a different approach: while for Pynchon, Gaddis or Barth

television images were valid objects of literary allusion, for DeLillo and

others television and metawatching are themselves the subjects.

Wallace recognizes in DeLillo ―the true prophet of this shift in U.S.

Fiction, and, quoting the famous barn-scene‖ in White Noise, when Jack,

the protagonist of the novel, and his friend Murray, go to see the most

photographed barn in America, underlines an essential characteristic of the

first generation of postmodern American writers: the silence of their

characters as a reaction to spectacles. That silence signals three things: 1)

the impossibility of the characters to change the imagined reality

surrounding them; 2) the resistance of Spectacle to any form of critique and

76

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
protest; 3) (and this is Wallace's point of view) the very disease from which

he, Murray, barn-watchers, and readers all suffer.

But silence, in a medium, the novel, which functions uniquely

through words, also focuses readers' attention on the act of watching. Thus,

one can say that the protagonist's silence in DeLillo functions as a sort of

irony of spectator‗s impotence towards the technologies of spectacle. In

this element that lays the deep critique these postmodernists move to the

world of images and mass media. Their voice is structured through the

silence of their protagonists and it is not a critique of technology itself, or

of the media using it, but of the devaluation of the human role in the

information process.

The shift has to be understood historically as sort of natural

development of modernist techniques in an age, as Wallace would say,

deformed by electric signal. Naming it postmodern literature does not

clarify the crucial role important cultural changes had in the definition of

this new literature. Formally DeLillo and his contemporaneous writers are

all modernist, but they all distance themselves from the modernist attitude

of looking for epiphanic, ontological truths. They are modernists who live

in an age of spectacle, modernists who have to deal with the disappearance

77

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
of the real, and the re-shaping of their lives in tele-visual terms. The Age of

Spectacle they live in does not affect their style so much as it affects their

Weltanschauung. It transforms their role as writers, making them at the

same time prophets and oracles of the Society of Spectacle that was about

to born.

Concerning the role of mass media and the world of image in the era

of spectacle, DeLillo's ideas are best described in his revealing article he

published on The New York Times Magazine: The Power of History. Mass

media and world of image is described in the article; not directly, but

through suggestions hidden in the text. For example at the beginning he

says that the newspaper with its crowded pages and unfolding global reach

permits us to be ruthless in our forgetting; or, few lines later, he describes

common everyday life experiences connected to images: Maybe it is the

evanescent spectacle of contemporary life that makes the novel so nervous.

Things flash and die. A face appears, a movie actor's, say, and it seems to

be everywhere, suddenly; or it is an entire movie that's everywhere, with

enormous feature stories about special effects and global marketing and tie-

in merchandise.

78

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Almost at the end of the article, in a long paragraph, he examines the

feeling one can have watching a videotaped event and concludes: It is

another set of images for you to want and need and get sick of and need

nonetheless, and it separates you from the reality that beats ever more

softly in the diminishing world outside the tape. The Power of History,

thus, describes the way in which DeLillo relates to the Society of

Spectacle, the way in which he thinks the writer, with his work, can

overcome the power of the media.

And he says that he can do it mainly through the power of its

weapon: language. Language, he says, lives in everything it touches and

can be an agent of redemption, the thing that delivers us, paradoxically,

from history's flat, thin, tight and relentless designs, its arrangement of

stark pages, and that allows us to find an unconstraining otherness, a free

veer from time and place and fate. Heinz Ickstadt notices that, in the case

of DeLillo, fiction runs counter to the dominant obsessions of our

contemporary world, through naming those obsessions. It is, thus, only

fiction, that can save the world from the disappearance of the real. It is only

language that can become a counterforce that re-orders things, giving

people the critical tools to experience them.

79

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
‫‪80‬‬

‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‪ ،‬پایاننامهها‪ ،‬و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‪ ،‬تحقیقا ت‪ ،‬فناوری به شمارة ‪/195929‬و تاریخ ‪ (1395/9/6‬از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬
‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‪ ،‬آموزشی‪ ،‬و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‪ ،‬مصنفان‪ ،‬و هنرمندان )‪ (1348‬و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‪.‬‬
‫‪Chapter III: A Critical‬‬
‫‪Analysis of Underworld: The‬‬
‫‪Hegemony of Spectacles‬‬
‫‪over Reality‬‬

‫‪81‬‬

‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‪ ،‬پایاننامهها‪ ،‬و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‪ ،‬تحقیقا ت‪ ،‬فناوری به شمارة ‪/195929‬و تاریخ ‪ (1395/9/6‬از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬
‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‪ ،‬آموزشی‪ ،‬و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‪ ،‬مصنفان‪ ،‬و هنرمندان )‪ (1348‬و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‪.‬‬
Underworld

Underworld is the story of two people who are from Bronx and the have a

short affair and then leave each other. The do not meet each other for many

years and they both become successful in their lives later on; one of them

becomes a well-known artist while the other becomes an executive in the

waste industry as a manager. About forty years pass and they meet each

other by chance in the Arizona dessert where they talk for a couple of

minutes. During their ignorance of each other‘s lives, many things have

changed; it is the era of Cold War and many new cultural, economic and

other social issues have emerged.

It is October 3, 1951 and the novel begins with a major league

baseball match between the New York Giants and Brooklyn Dodgers in a

field called Polo Grounds where a boy, Cotter Martin, stealthily goes inside

to watch the competition. This first part of the novel has an identity of its

own and was published entitled Pafko at the Wall as a novella. In ninth part

of the game, at one point, one of the players hits the ball so that it goes to

the audiences and it is never found; however, in Underworld, the

82

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
whereabouts and the fate of the ball becomes evident; Cotter Martin who

has sneaked into the stadium becomes friend with another tough supporter

of one of the teams and when the man gets the ball, Cotter sees this he

takes the ball away from him using force and then runs to his home. As it is

recounted in the novel, the ball is later stolen by Cotter‘s father and sold for

$32.45. There is also another important event happening and the same day

is also the day that the Soviet Russia successfully tests its atomic bomb

which indicates the beginning of the Cold War.

The novel contains many other characters either major or minor and

two of the most colorful figures include Nick and Klara. They are both

from Bronx and while Nick‘s father has been almost a successful runner, he

runs away from home one day and never returns. Nick is a good and

prospective kid but with a dysfunctional family he ends up living on the

streets where he unwittingly kills a man and spends many years in an

educational camp. Later on he meets Klara and the two have a short affair

only to break up some time later.

The lives of both Nick and Klara are colorful; that is to say, although

it seems that they are worlds apart, the have the same problems, issues and

involvements. While Nick is trying to escape from his early life and

83

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
reinvigorate the passion and activity he need to have, Klara is thinking of

an independent live she has always desired; however, the bottom line is that

they and their culture, society and country are on the verge of insanity due

to the imminent danger of the breaking off of an atomic war.

The effects of the Cold War are seen everywhere and there is nobody

found nonchalant of the insidious threats of that war. Many people feel a

kind weltschmerz, paranoia, schizophrenia and all are on the verge of

insanity and madness. Don Delillo also touches upon someone called

Hoover who is the FBI director and is keeping track of all the people who

may be dangerous to the capitalist system of America one day which is, in

turn, a colorful representation of the era of McCarthyism.

Lenney Bruce is also an arresting picture of the paranoia era who is

surprisingly a comedian and with this picture come many other points and

characteristics of the era including sexual promiscuity, drug culture and

civil rights movements which all represent the zeitgeist of the period in

American history. Furthermore, Delillo is like a successful photographer

who captures all the interesting facets in the American history which is told

in six parts, each of which aiming at depicting some fragments from

different times during 1950s and 1960s.

84

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Following "The Triumph of Death," which is labeled a prologue, the

body of the book is divided into six parts. The first is set in 1992 and is told

from the point of view of Nick Shay, a middle-aged executive in the waste

management business; the sixth is set in the early 1950s and tells the story

of Nick's turbulent adolescence in New York City, though a third person

voice is employed. The four sections in between move gradually backwards

through the intervening decades, periodically revisiting Nick but also

spending considerable time on various friends, acquaintances, and people

whose connection to Nick is tenuous at best. Three vignettes inserted

between these sections tell the story of Manx Martin, Cotter's father, who

steals the crucial baseball after his son goes to sleep on the night of the

game (thus eliminating any possibility that the ball's identity can ever be

verified) and spends the rest of the night finding a buyer. Finally, an

epilogue tells the story of Nick's business trip to Russia following the

events of part one and then revisits several of the other major characters.

Given this complex narrative framework, Underworld does not lend itself

to any sort of summary or reductive scheme. If Nick Shay is the central

character, it is because he appears on more pages than anyone else, not

because any aspect of the novel's thematic structure demands it.

85

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
3.1. Delillo and Technology

DeLillo seems to present an incomparable description of the way in which

information technologies and mass media, in general, have shaped modes

of perceiving reality in the postmodern age. His novels present characters

and situations which are deeply related to the society of the spectacle,

including: moviegoers, ex-actors, TV sets, employees of the corporate

media, professors of pop culture, and people who stare daily at the tube. In

any number of ways, television, radio, movies, the ―spectacle‖ in general,

becomes the main protagonist of their work. It would, thus, be almost

impossible to ignore all these elements in an analysis of his narrative. One

cannot study DeLillo without being aware of his profound link with what is

to be considered the society of the spectacle he narrates.

DeLillo often reflects on the world of mass media. However, he does

not directly apply critical theories, such as those developed by Baudrillard

or Debord. These theories are rather helpful tools offering a way to analyze

and define the world of the spectacle described by this author. Specifically,

DeLillo‗s reflection upon mass media must be considered part of a slow,

deep, ontological shift profoundly linked to American society in the second

half of the twentieth century. This shift was caused by the diffusion of

86

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
television on a large scale, the strong development of the Hollywood

industry, but, also, by the birth of mass culture.

Don DeLillo, in his novels, portrays a reality where the spectacle is a

hidden force, an intangible entity that permeates people‗s experiences and

lives. If there is someone behind this spectacle, he is not a single person,

but a collective spectator who, through his desire, yearns for the

representation. As the character Murray says in White Noise: ―we‗re not

here to capture an image, we‗re here to maintain one.‖

Among DeLillo‗s novels, Underworld is probably the one that best

expresses all the themes that have been evolving through the years in his

narrative. Set in a very long time range, from the post-war era to the end of

the twentieth century, the book offers a wide perspective on American

history, connecting real characters like J. Edgar Hoover and Lenny Bruce

to fictional ones, all living their lives as if they were part of a mysterious

web of connections. Spectacles, mass media, movies, and images are not

secondary in the development of the story; however, sometimes they are

not represented directly, but indirectly.

An example of such an indirect existence of the spectacles is best

depicted in ―The Triumph of Death,‖ Underworld‗s prologue, in which a

87

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
legendary baseball game is narrated. In 1951, the Polo Grounds in New

York was the theatre for a historical play-off game between the Dodgers

and the Giants, and DeLillo narrates this event with complete mastery,

imagining different characters present at the game and telling, through a

cinematographic montage technique, the different experiences they live.

What DeLillo stresses of all these characters at the stadium is their status of

spectators and their function in maintaining images and representations. In

a similar fashion, the portrayal of the passive function of the characters and

how they crave for a representation so called hyperreal is thoroughly

evident in the fragmentary narrative of Underworld.

3.2. A Critical Analysis of Underworld

Underwold is potentially postulated as DeLillo's magnum opus, since it

evolves from the initiative novels and revolves around the incidences,

scenes, and characters that ultimately culminate in this work. He

masterfully connects the scenes and characters to the scenes and characters

of other novels or even the imaginary ones. DeLillo best demonstrates a

society abounding with spectacles even in the prologue of the novel ―The

Triumph of Death ‖.The crowd at the Polo Grounds is a society made of

88

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
and for spectacles. Russ Hodges compares the moment he is beholding now

to the Dempsey-Willard match he saw when he was a little boy, and he

realizes that these kinds of moments are historical only because they

become newsreel; J. Edgar Hoover feels ―some libidinous thing in the

world,‖ which is in a way possessed by those who work in the show

business, and that is why he tries to stay always with them. (17) Cotter

links Bill Waterson, the guy who sits near him at the stadium, to ―small-

town life in the movies;‖ (20) People gather around Jackie Gleason asking

him to repeat lines from his TV show;(23) and at a certain point in the

prologue, through Hodges, it becomes clear that what is going on is the

awaiting for a revelation and there is only one thing that can be the vehicle

of this revelation: Hodges's voice on the radio.

―This is radio, buddy. Can't close down. Think of what's out

there. They are hugging their little portables.‖

―You're not making me feel any better.‖

―They are goddamn crouched over the wireless. You're like

Murrow from London.‖

―Thank you, Al.‖

―Save the voice.‖

―I am trying mightily.‖

89

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
―This game is everywhere. Dow Jones tickers are rapping out

the score with the stock averages. Every bar in town, I

guarantee. They are smuggling radios into boardrooms. At

Schrafft's I hear they are breaking into the Muzak to give the

score.‖(27)

People seem all to play part in an ancient ritual. During the seventh-

inning stretch Waterson explains to Cotter that they are respecting a long-

standing tradition the essence of which is the connection, the legacy

between different generations; and in this religious moment the only priests

are Hodges, his voice, and the radio. The revelation everybody is waiting

for is not clear, but it will surely provide a shift of some sort. As DeLillo

writes: ―The game doesn't change the way you sleep or wash your face or

chew your food. It changes nothing but your life.‖(32) In other words, it

changes everything at a fundamental level.

While the spectacle is going on Hodges has to describe things as any

radio commentator would do, but often the ―real baseball‖ he tries to

describe disappears behind any attempt of catching it. And in the end his

job becomes not so different from the one he used to do in Charlotte, when

he had to make up imaginary baseball matches. ―The crowd begins to lose

90

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
its coherence‖ (33) notices the journalist, and later DeLillo says that ―Russ

wants to believe they are still assembled in some recognizable manner;‖

(36) whatever he says in his microphone, it seems to lack coherence and

connection with the world outside. If one has to think of a central character

in the choral virtuosity of ―The Triumph of Death‖, then Hodges is the only

candidate for such a role, a surrogate artist.

DeLillo concentrates on him the last section of the prologue. The

match is over, everybody is going back home and Russ is interviewing

players; he is ―trying to describe the scene in the clubhouse and he knows

he is making no sense and the players who climb up on the trunk to talk to

him are making no sense and they are all talking in unnatural voices, failed

voices, creaturely night screaks.‖(58) It is as if they all existed in that

spectacular moment and now they are all just ghosts of that moment. Mass

media create the spectacle and everything which is outside of it is no more

real.

Leaving the stadium, Hodges's eyes, are captured by a drunk who

runs the bases of the empty field. He repeats the pantomime of the

spectacle and of the mass media's creation of it. DeLillo writes: ―All the

fragments of the afternoon collect around his airborne form.‖(60) Another

91

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
ghost of that same spectacle. It is in that image that Russ mirrors himself

and the spectacle he just created. The revelation everybody was waiting for

it is just passed, ―falling indelibly into the past,‖ (60) making Russ aware of

the disappearance of the real. ―The event is the real that has become

consistent‖, writes John Marks(2000) in his Deleuzian analysis of DeLillo,

reflecting on the ball game at the Polo Grounds; the baseball match is

transformed through Russ‗s eyes in a spectacle that is the only possibility

for its reification. The event cannot exist if not as spectacle, and thus as a

representation which nullifies its concreteness.

Talking about the 1951 play-off between Dodgers and Giants at the

Polo Grounds, the newsreel footage of the event, and Russ Hodges's voice,

DeLillo(1997) sees it as a moment in contrast with time-collapsing

technologies of the contemporary world (he mentions the microwave, the

VCR remote and the telephone redial button), something ―beautifully

isolated in time – not subject to the frantic, debasing repetition which has

exhausted a contemporary event before it's been even rounded into

coherence.‖

Still, what he narrates in Underworld, is not the isolation in time of

the event, but the ambiguity with which mass media relate to such an event:

92

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
their impossibility of narrating it, and their unique capacity of creating it.

Hodges's account of the game's final moments is a sort of primitive

experience of the exhaustion of a contemporary event. And the drunk who

plays baseball alone in an empty field at the end of Underworld's prologue,

signals the bewilderment that a culture of spectacles can cause, in the same

way in which Oedipa is puzzled by the media power of Pierce Inverarity.

A recurring phrase in Underworld is ―everything is connected.‖ All

the stories in the novel, though set in different periods of the twentieth

century, are related. In the same way different experiences, feelings, and

visions communicate throughout the novel. The spectacular event narrated

in the prologue, and its media conjugation, is a sort of paradigm related to

other spectacles which take place in other years: the Zapruder film or

Esmeralda's apparition.

Media technologies mold these spectacles, they give them sense and

structure, and it is through them that the spectacles mature an

overwhelming power to change people's life. In the ―Power of History,‖

DeLillo writes, talking about video-tapes and their capacity to transform

the watcher: ―It is another set of images for you to want and need and get

sick of and need nonetheless, and it separates you from the reality that

93

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
beats ever more softly in the diminishing world outside the tape.‖ The

drunk who plays baseball alone is someone who ―wants and needs‖ a

repetition of that same spectacle he has been watching until then. And it is

behind this ambiguous desire of the spectators that is hidden that power of

the spectacle to nullify reality.

The passages which best explicate DeLillo's words in ―The Power of

History‖ are those, in Underworld, that deal with the Texas Highway

Killer. The Texas Highway Killer is Richard Henry Gilkey, an assassin,

who, like all the other figures in Underworld, disappears and reappears

throughout the novel. His tenth crime is recorded by a child with a video

camera traveling with her parents on the highway at the time of the murder,

and thus, shown on TV. The broadcasting of the homicide is the occasion

for DeLillo to reflect, in a novel where images are often transforming and

revolutionary means, on the process by which they influence and shape the

human mind.

In the construction of the scene the writer narrates, two different

elements need to be underlined. There is, first of all, a sort of primordial

innocence breathing between the lines. It is the innocence of the kid who

has the camera in her hands and who is unaware of the final

94

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
death/revelation she is about to witness; it is the innocence of the spectator,

who has already witnessed that revelation several times, but who is

unaware of the way those images are transforming him.

The last sentences of the chapter in which the broadcasting of the

killing is narrated read: ―The more you watch the tape, the deader and

colder and more relentless it becomes. The tape sucks the air right out of

your chest but you watch it every time.‖(60) It is an ambiguous innocence:

the child is in some way conscious of the dangerous and mysterious powers

possessed by the technology she is holding in her hands, but she seems

used by that technology and by the promises of reality it contains. Like her,

the TV-watcher is concerned with the possibilities of the real the medium

can donate. And this is indeed the second important element of the passage:

a strong desire for the real, which like a ghost inhabits the pages. ―There's

something about the nature of the tape,‖ DeLillo writes, ―...you think this is

more real, truer-to-life than anything around you...the tape has a searing

realness.‖(157)

3.3. Surrounding Reality and the Represented Reality

Reality is the final crucial desire around which develops the entire scene,

and, also in this case, the process is ambiguous: because on one side there

95

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
is a media technology which promises to fulfill the spectators' desires for

reality, and, on the other, reality gets always more distant in its

representation: ―The things around you have a rehearsed and layered and

cosmetic look. The tape is superreal, or maybe underreal is the way you

want to put it. It is what lies at the scraped bottom of all the layers you have

added.‖(157)

This contrast between the ―surrounding reality‖ and the ―represented

reality‖ is at the core of how mass media functions in the contemporary

world. The case is here that a writer transforms this contrast, repeating it

into his novel, in different moments of the twentieth-century history, into

an essential feature of this century's shift toward not only that Society of

Spectacle theorized by Debord, but also toward a disappearance of the real

with which literature has to come to terms.

Catherine Morley (2006) has written that characters like the Texas

Highway Killer in Underworld, ―are subject to the illusions nurtured and

sustained by the media culture they inhabit, losing their subjectivity to

become hyper-manipulated characters.‖ If this is the case, then the

boundaries among spectator, representation, video-maker, and medium are

96

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
very thin. They all share the same innocence, the same desires for reality,

and the same subjugation to a power they cannot control.

In two very revealing moments of the novel, Don DeLillo shows

these links through communication technologies and their capacity to

convey common needs and desires. The episode narrated in these two

moments is the same: during the umpteenth television show about the

recorded killing, Richard Henry Gilkey makes a live phone call to the show

and talks with Sue Ann Corcoran, the anchorwoman. The way DeLillo

narrates this phone call is first through the eyes of Matt Shay, Nick's

brother, and then through the perspective of Gilkey.

When Matt finds himself, casually, in front of a TV where they are

showing again the tape of the killing, he recognizes the necessity of looking

at it. That scene seems to haunt him:

―When it was running he could not turn away from it. When it

wasn't running he never thought about it. Then he'd get on line

at the supermarket back home and then it was again on the

monitors they'd installed to keep shoppers occupied at the

check-out--nine monitors, ten monitors, all showing the

tape.‖(215)

97

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
3.4. Disappearance of the Real

The video is an uncontrolled, autonomous force; when Matt approaches the

TV, the screen is already on. He seats on the footstool near it, as if he is

approaching an altar, a place of devotion, waiting, like all spectators, for a

revelation. The revelatory moment when Matt watches the scene is always

the same: the recognition of witnessing something absolutely real, and thus

the need of confronting another human being who would confirm the

revelation. ―Matt could not look at the tape without wanting to call out to

Janet. Hurry up, Janet, here it comes...it wasn't enough. It was never

enough.‖(217)

When the same episode is narrated from the serial killer point of

view, it changes the perspective, but not the essence of the episode: the

need to witness something real and, at the same time, to be part of it:

He made the call and turned on the TV, or vice versa, without

the sound his hand wound in a doubled hanky, and he never

felt so easy talking to someone on the phone or face-to-face or

man to woman as he felt that day talking to Sue Ann. He

watched her over there and talked to her over here. He saw her

lips move silent in one part of the room while her words felt

98

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
soft and warm on the coils of his secret ear. He talked to her

on the phone and made eye contact with the TV. This was the

waking of the knowledge that he was real.(133)

DeLillo puts this passage in contrast with what happens before and

after the telephone call, that is, the gray, dull, melancholic everyday life of

the Texas Highway Killer. As the son of a dad who has ―infirmities still

waiting for a name,‖ (262) he has to take care of him, together with his

mom, constantly. And, apart from homicide, his only other diversion is

paying visit to Bud Willing, a person he barely knows and of whom he

secretly loves the wife. The life around him is a fake version of the real life

of the videotape which he inhabits through technological repetition every

day. It is this virtual life he desires and dreams of. ―She had so much

radiance she could make him real,‖ (270)

DeLillo underlines, as if it is only the image that comes from the TV

screen to legitimate reality. Sue Ann Corcoran, the anchorwoman who

presents the show, embodies this televisual power and becomes an essential

element of the process of communal desire created by the spectator, the

spectacle and its protagonists. She is not an entity separated from the

spectator, whether he is Matt Shay or Richard Gilkey, because by the latter

99

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
she is evoked as someone who also becomes object of observation through

the medium, having given an interview about her life and her choices in

another TV-show. She participates of the spectacle like every spectator

does, but the roles and the positions of the game or often intertwined. The

Texas Highway Killer is himself spectator and spectacle while Matt, who

seems to be only a victim of image repetition, desires strongly to be part of

that spectacle.

As many, like Mark Osteen and Catherine Morley, have already

noted, media technologies seem to be the only elements of the narration to

validate the characters' existence in DeLillo. This reflection and insistence

on the disappearance of the real, of its blurring with representations is at

the root of his oeuvre.

3.5. Medially Validated Reality

Theorist of communications James Carey has stated that ―modern

communications have drastically altered the ordinary terms of experience

and consciousness, the ordinary structures of interest and feeling, the

normal sense of being alive, of having a social relation‖ (2). What this

100

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
statement indicates foremost is the total effect modern communication has

on people in society, influencing every aspect of life. Although this pertains

to all types and forms of communication, it is undeniable that the media

make up a great, if not the greatest, part of it. This power of being able to

influence what is considered normal by society, what its inhabitants should

feel, what they should be interested in, and how life should be experienced

by them, is strong on its own, but even more so when combined with

Baudrillard‘s notion of images and simulacra.

Postmodernity has caused people to no longer be able to make the

distinction between reality and representation. As a result, the

representations seen on TV or read about in the paper are valued as truth.

With the media‘s omnipresence in society, their role shifts from providing

people with information, phase one on Baudrillard‘s scale, to providing

them with reality, phase four. On that same token people turn to the media

in order to find acknowledgement for the real as experienced by them. This

results in a situation in which the media project reality as it should be

accepted by postmodern society; besides, it appoints importance and truth

value to the real as experienced by the people.

101

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Reality is not acknowledged as such unless it is validated by the media.

The validation of reality by the media plays a large role in this novel. The

characters‘ need for confirmation that what it is they are experiencing as

the real is, in fact, real, is recurring, but it takes different forms.

A detrimental impact of media which is mostly evident in Underwold is the

numbing effect exerted by media on people due to the saturation and

overexposure. The reducing shock effect as a result of overexposure is

exemplified in Underworld by the videos of the murder committed by the

Texas Highway Killer and the Zapruder film. The Texas Highway Killer is

a minor character in the novel Underworld. His character is one of the

elements in the novel taken from real contemporary society in order to

establish the time frame, drawing on the Freeway Killer, a serial killer

active in the USA during the late seventies and eighties. The fictional

killer, identified as Richard, shoots his victims while they are driving their

cars, hence his nickname. One of his murders is filmed by a young girl

playing with a video camera in the backseat of the car driving in front of

the victim. The footage is repeatedly shown on TV and Nick Shay‘s brother

Matt is one of the viewers watching it. When Matt describes his experience

of watching the footage of the murder, his reaction reflects the numbing

effect of mass media exposure. Matt is fascinated by the tape, watching it

102

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
over and over, remarking that ―it is awful and unremarkable at the same

time‖ (Underworld, 158). This conflicting assessment demonstrates that

although Matt knows what is happening on the tape is horrible, he lacks an

actual emotional response. His pointing out that in the scenes in which the

victim is being shot ―the twist of the head only gives you a partial profile

and it‘s the wrong side, it‘s not the side where he was hit‖ (159) breathes a

sense of disappointment at not being able to actually see the shattered skull.

This craving for more detail has replaced the shock of watching another

human being die. Mass media exposure has ensured society to have

witnessed such instances on repeat, or as Matt himself puts it ―this is why

they‘re out there, to provide our entertainment‖ (160). What this remark

shows is that the reality that someone has died is not registered by Matt in

any other sense than as a form of entertainment. The conflict here is the

function of the media as providing information and reality on the one hand,

and entertainment on the other. As postmodernity in society progresses

these two become more and more intertwined, because reality fades and is

replaced by simulacra. Confusion with regard to the function of the image

results in reality as presented by the media to be interpreted as

entertainment. Matt is going through this process, which is demonstrated

by his acknowledgement that ―the tape has a searing realness‖ (157). This

103

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
illustrates how he thinks the tape seems real, indicating his

incomprehension of the fact that it is. His statement that ―the tape sucks the

air right out of your chest but you watch it every time‖ (160) exemplifies

the conflict of the function of the media.

The Zapruder film demonstrates real violence presented as

entertainment and the numbing effect of overexposure. The Zapruder film

is the home video of the Kennedy assassination in 1963. In Underworld,

one of the main characters, an artist named Klara Sax, attends a show at an

art studio held especially for the showing of the film, meaning that its sole

and only purpose in that context is to provide entertainment for the guests.

Although the initial response of the viewers is one of shock, this effect

wanes fast. The reason for this is the fact that none of the guests, apart from

Klara, knew what it was they were about to see. The numerous televisions

divided over multiple rooms relentlessly bombarding the guests with the

film on repeat causes for the novelty to quickly wear off. Like Matt, the

reality of the death of a person is not registered in the context of it being

projected as entertainment at an art show. Klara herself is not shocked by

the footage because she already knows what is about to be shown as is

clarified by the narrator of the scene: ―she‘d begun detaching herself from

the event long before she got here because she‘d been told what it was at

104

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
some point but still had to see it‖ (488). Her foreknowledge of what is on

the tape results in her inability to be shocked because for her the novelty is

not there to begin with. The fact that she goes to the event anyway, not to

participate but merely to see the tape, shows her desire to be entertained by

a video of a man being assassinated. As genuine consumers, once the

entertainment value of the film has worn off, the guests of the exhibition

continue on their way, go out to eat, play cards and do not think about it

again. This provides a powerful contrast between the reality of the

Kennedy assassination and its representation through the Zapruder film, as

rather than being a life changing event, such as the actual assassination

was, the Zapruder film is forgotten by the time the sun goes down.

The existence of the Texas Highway Killer is validated through the

media‘s conflicting roles of providing the people with reality and

entertainment. At a certain point Richard decides to contact the news

station that covers the story of his killing spree and continuously broadcasts

the video of his latest victim. The paradox here is that he disagrees with,

and challenges, the way he is being depicted in the media, being judged and

portrayed as an individual rather than a generic concept echoes Lyotard‘s

notion of prioritizing diversity and individuality over the collective and

grand total in postmodern society. Richard‘s preference of isolation over

105

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
companionship and his general dislike of human interaction demonstrate a

(yet) unmatched detachment from other people. The statement that ―the

only person he ever talked to from the heart was Sue Ann. She made him

feel real, talking on the phone‖ (269) not only confirms this detachment,

but also shows how images and representations have become his reality.

Not only is their conversation taking place whilst at the same time

acknowledging that they validate his existence. In the phone call Richard

makes to Sue Ann, the news anchor of the station, he indicates that he feels

his person is being generalized based on already existing profiles, rather

than on him personally. This generalization is expressed through

characterizations such as low self-esteem and childhood abuse which are in

turn countered by Richard in the interview in an attempt ―[…] to set the

record straight‖ (216). Richard‘s insistence of over the phone, therefore

void of any actual visual interaction, but Richard uses a voice distorter to

ensure she will never really hear his voice. Furthermore, unlike a normal

phone call, Sue Ann is broadcasting the conversation live, not actually

holding a phone but solely hearing Richard‘s words resound through the

studio: ―he talked to her on the phone and made eye contact with the TV.

This was the waking of the knowledge that he was real‖ (270). Based on

this, Richard‘s live is saturated with postmodern notions of individuality

106

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
‫‪and images to such an extent that he has no need for actual human contact‬‬

‫‪to feel real, but merely requires the validation of his existence in the‬‬

‫‪representation of contact through the media, or in this case Sue Ann.For‬‬

‫‪Richard, the hyperreal, or fourth phase of the image, has become his‬‬

‫‪reality.‬‬

‫‪107‬‬

‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‪ ،‬پایاننامهها‪ ،‬و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‪ ،‬تحقیقا ت‪ ،‬فناوری به شمارة ‪/195929‬و تاریخ ‪ (1395/9/6‬از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬
‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‪ ،‬آموزشی‪ ،‬و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‪ ،‬مصنفان‪ ،‬و هنرمندان )‪ (1348‬و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‪.‬‬
‫‪Chapter IV: Technology, Mass Media and‬‬
‫‪Terror in Mao II‬‬

‫‪108‬‬

‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‪ ،‬پایاننامهها‪ ،‬و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‪ ،‬تحقیقا ت‪ ،‬فناوری به شمارة ‪/195929‬و تاریخ ‪ (1395/9/6‬از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬
‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‪ ،‬آموزشی‪ ،‬و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‪ ،‬مصنفان‪ ،‬و هنرمندان )‪ (1348‬و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‪.‬‬
Mao II

The novel is arguably one of the best works of Delillo, if not its magnum

opus. It is many dimensional recounting of a short time on the life of a

novelist Bill Gray who lives in solitude. The novel tackles many political,

social and aesthetic questions and issue including some terrorist attacks like

the one in Beirut.

There is a prologue to the book where it talks about the mass

wedding of many followers of a cult leader called Rev. Sun Myung Moon.

On the opposite side of the spectrum, however, we see a middle-aged

businessman who, escaping from his querulous wife, meanders in the

streets of New York to go to Yankee Stadium to see her daughter Karen.

However, now we hear the story from Karen as she is flooded with her

109

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
thoughts and memories and later she thinks about the cult marriage she had

the same day.

At the beginning of the first part of the novel, Brita Nilsson shows

up; she has been a successful photographer but getting tired of the many

evil attacks and scenes she has photographed, she decides to try her hand at

depicting writers who are full of energy and to that end she meets Scott

Marineau who is Billy‘s assistant who takes her to Bill‘s whereabouts.

Brita takes some pictures of Billy and they talk for some time where they

talk about the last novel Bill has written but not published. There are sexual

undercurrent themes in their talks and Bill also talks about the similarities

between writing novels and terrorism.

Bill is asked to negotiate with some terrorists in Beirut in favor of a

poet who has been taken hostage. There is a bomb to be exploded in

London but later put off and this interests Bill after which he comes into

contact with someone called George Haddad who has been somehow

responsible for the bombing and has also been involved with the issue of

taking hostages in Beirut. Bill is seduced by Haddad to travel with him to

Greece and meet the terrorist group leader who is called Abu Rashid.

Going to Lebanon in hopes of seeing Abu Rashid, he becomes ill and dies.

110

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
The novel has also an epilogue which is narrated by Brita who is

going to meet Abu Rashid soon. There she witnesses terrorism, terrorist

attacks and terror dictatorship and sees her son there. In one of the best

parts of the novel, Brita is sitting on the balcony of her apartment that is

bombed and looks into the street where a wedding is going on and the

groom and bridegroom are on a tank to get to their new house.

4.1. Technology and Mao II

Bill, the novelist in the novel Mao II, cannot finish his recently written

novel nor can he publish it; however, the cause of such inertia stems from

the fact that he has come to the understanding that there are no ways

remaining to impact people and their culture through writing. In one point

in the novel, Bill utters the following words:

The novel used to feed our search for meaning. Quoting Bill.

It was the great secular transcendence. The Latin mass of

language, character, occasional new truth. But our desperation

has led us toward something larger and darker. So we turn to

the news, which provides an unremitting mood of catastrophe.

This is where we find emotional experience not available

elsewhere. We don't need the novel. Quoting Bill. We don't

111

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
even need catastrophes, necessarily. We only need the reports

and predictions and warnings. (Delillo, Mao II 72)

Bill has a special outlook regarding literature and the meaning it

affords to spread; that is to say, he believes that when the masses get access

to the piece of literature and, in this case, his not published recent novel,

the meaning of the piece gets modified and changed and the meaning is no

longer controllable by Bill himself. Bill has decided to lead a life of

solitude when he realizes that the masses and their culture will eventually

impact his writing, style of writing, and even meaning production.

In such a situation where the terrorists use media to communicate

and get their meanings and messages across, the writers have merely some

images that are interpreted in many various and different ways none of

which are controlled by the author and therefore, they have the upper hand

in the one-upmanship in the competition between writers and terrorist to

influence people. This point is clearly delineated by Brita, a photographer

in the novel, who starts taking photos of the novelist at the beginning of the

novel only to turn to taking photos of the terrorists at the end of the novel.

In this novel Delillo aims at introducing a new meaningful concept in

terms of media and people‘s identity; that is to say, Delillo explores more

112

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
the relationship between images and reality and comes to the conclusion,

by the end of the novel, that images are taking the place of reality and they

have replaced it. After many years of living in reclusion, Bill allows to be

taken some photographs and when this happens, it actually modifies his

identity; that is to say, the photographs become Bill‘s new identity. After

he is photographed, something epiphanic happens to Bill; in other words,

being photographed, Bill loses his identity, least of all he loses control over

his identity.

Although the novel has the undercurrent theme of the unavoidable

power exercise of media, there are two important phases in the novel. The

first phase of the novel deals with a Bill who is totally far away from the

happenings of the world and he occupies himself by writing and finishing

his recent book; in other words, he has book to read and many manuscripts

to consume and exhaust.

The second phase is when Bill gets rid of his books and seclusion

and decides to have a more multi-dimensional position in a world at stake

due to violence and misunderstanding. As Bill explores the wider world

once more, he discovers that the world is full of political violence. It is

through and in this phase that Bill appreciates the piecing importance of

113

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
media; that is to say, as he reenters the wider world and travels to London

and Beirut later on, he finds out that the entire world taken over by

ideology, violence, political one-upmanship and killing, all of which are

communicated by the same thing that has made him sluggish which is

media. During his short residence in London, Bill meets the representative

of a Maoist terror group George Haddad and there Haddad argues that:

George was saying, ―The first incident was unimportant

because it was only a series of phone calls. The second

incident was unimportant because nobody was killed. For you

and Bill, pure trauma. Otherwise strictly routine. A few years

ago a neo-Nazi group in Germany devised the slogan 'The

worse the better.' This is also the slogan of Western media.

You are nonpersons for the moment, victims without an

audience. Get killed and maybe they will notice you.‖ (Delillo,

Mao II 130)

Here, in this extravagant claim by Haddad, he compares western

media and its ways of representing reality with Nazi methods of

manipulating and brainwashing people which points to the overly cruelty

and violence both media and Nazi used to propagate. Here, Delillo points

114

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
to the fact that Western societies are led to a state of repletion with senses

and feelings and they no longer feel anything to be too bad; in fact, they

deem violence and killings as usual things that happen every day in front of

their eyes.

4.2. Technology and Writing

Media is playing an uncontrollable role in today‘s world; that is to say,

once media reflect what is happening around the world people start to

attribute some specific meaning to those events and therefore it is the

people who own the information and they tend to interpret them in the

exact way they desire. In the same way, in Mao II, we see Bill willfully

refusing to get his book published, a book which he has been writing for a

couple of years. Bill is afraid that the exact moment his books gets

published and it spreads in the entire world, it gets a life of its own and

consequently it is prone to divergent and untrue interpretations by people.

The book will be read around the world and instead of being a book written

by Bill, it turns to a book which has no author and it has a life of its own

without any author. Brita, the photographer of the novel, who first makes

Bill reenter the wider world and out of seclusion due to her photographing

115

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
of him, asks Bill about the reasons he doesn‘t like to publish his boo k and

Bill‘s assistant points out that:

―Bill is at the height of his fame. Ask me why. Because he

hasn't published in years and years and years. When his books

first came out, and people forget this or never knew it, they

made a slight sort of curio impression. I've seen the reviews.

Bric-a-brac, like what's this little oddity. It's the years since

that made him big. Bill gained celebrity by doing nothing. The

world caught up. Reprint after reprint. We make a nice steady

income, most of which goes to his two ex-wives and three ex-

children. We could make a king's whatever, multimillions,

with the new book. But it would be the end of Bill as a myth, a

force. Bill gets bigger as his distance from the scene

deepens.‖(136)

However, Bill hopes that by not publishing his latest novel, the

masses keep their attention on him and Bill remains the sole author and

writer of the book. At this point, these remarks by Bill show his close

association with that of the French Structuralist Roland Bathes when he

argues that the cost of publishing a book for people is the death of the

116

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
author of that book. Bill does not publish his novel and in this way he

remains the sole writer and also interpreter of the book alongside the fact

that he has an aura around himself that with the publication of the book he

would become dead.

George who is a Maoist supporter and a terrorist himself tells Bill to

swap his typewriter with a more recent computer at which point it becomes

clear that Delillo is addressing the issue of loss of power of authors and

also the fact that not only meanings are not fixed but also they are so

widespread that nobody can claim them; later on, George says ―Drink your

coffee. There's a new model that Panasonic makes and I absolutely swear

by it. It's completely liberating. You don't deal with heavy settled artifacts.

You transform freely, fling words back and forth.‖ (Delillo, Mao II 224)

The typewriter is very meaningful for Bill because it shows the

concreteness of a machine that can uphold his ideas while he is invited to

use a device that will ruin everything at a click of a button. However, Bill is

invited to use a machine that will figuratively kill Bill and turns his

nightmare come true eventually. George openly advocates the uses of

computers because as a member of a terrorist group he is totally aware of

the power these devices can have on people and their ideologies. This point

117

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
and many others in the novel touch upon the fact that, for terrorists, the

larger the masses the better the messages will get across. For them,

everything is at the hands of the mass media; that is to say, since images

determine reality and all people have access to such images, they are the

owners of information:

But we're all drawn to the idea of remoteness. A hard-to-reach

place is necessarily beautiful, I think. Beautiful and a little

sacred maybe. And a person who becomes inaccessible has a

grace and a wholeness the rest of us envy.‖

The image world is corrupt, here is a man who hides his face.

Yes,‖ she said.

People may be intrigued by this figure but they also resent him

and mock him and want to dirty him up and watch his face

distort in shock and fear when the concealed photographer

leaps out of the trees. In a mosque, no images. In our world we

sleep and eat the image and pray to it and wear it too. The

writer who won't show his face is encroaching on holy turf.

He's playing God's own trick. (Delillo. Mao II 37)

118

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
4.3. Technology, Terror and Media

When Delillo addresses the question of mass media in Mao II, he spices it

up with also exploring in deep his obsessions with authorship and how it is

going to get underappreciated by the postmodern reader in the postmodern

world. Mao II is the story of Bill‘s argument that with the emergence of

visual media which is deemed as a kind of mass communication, terrorists

has taken the place of writers and novelists who are able to create

extravagant narratives, especially due to the fact that they act outside the

discourse of West.

Delillo puts Bill on the opposite side of the spectrum of

representation with that of Brita; that is to say, they seem to be working on

holing a mountain from two different sides but at the end, to everyone‘s

chagrin, it is Brita that seems to win and, here, Delillo is fulminating the

postmodern culture for its prioritizing image over word. In a saddening

scene in the novel, Bill poses for Brita to take some photos of him and

although Bill does not look vet enthusiastic and happy about this act, he

accepts it since it is the last thing he can add to his legacy. When speaking

to Brita in that famous scene, Bill utters:

119

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
―Are you interested in cameras? This is an eighty-five-

millimeter lens.‖

―I used to take pictures. I don't know why I stopped. One day

it just ended forever.‖

―I guess it's true to say that something else is ending forever.‖

―You mean the writer comes out of hiding.‖

―Am I right that it's thirty years since your picture has

appeared anywhere?‖

―Scott would know.‖

―And together you decided the time has come.‖

―Well it's a weariness really, to know that people make so

much of this. When a writer doesn't show his face, he becomes

a local symptom of God's famous reluctance to appear.‖

―But this is intriguing to many people.‖

―It's also taken as an awful sort of arrogance.‖

―But we're all drawn to the idea of remoteness. A hard-to-

reach place is necessarily beautiful, I think. Beautiful and a

little sacred maybe. And a person who becomes inaccessible

has a grace and a wholeness the rest of us envy.‖

120

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
―The image world is corrupt, here is a man who hides his

face.‖

What DeLillo is exploring in this context in prestige of image for the

postmodern world where the novelist has lost the power it could exercise

through using words and his images and pictures have gained importance.

There is an introduction to the theory of importance of the image of the

terrorists to that of the novelists in the consciousness of the Western people

when Brita is photographing Bill:

The novel used to feed our search for meaning. Quoting Bill.

It was the great secular transcendence. The Latin mass of

language, character, occasional new truth. But our desperation

has led us toward something larger and darker. So we turn to

the news, which provides an unremitting mood of catastrophe.

This is where we find emotional experience not available

elsewhere. We don't need the novel. Quoting Bill. We don't

even need catastrophes, necessarily. We only need the reports

and predictions and warnings. (Delillo, Mao II 72)

Baudrillard has a well-known and influential concept called ―The

Spirit of Terrorism‖ which, in fact, refers to the point that while writers are

121

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
assimilated into mass media and their yielding power to bring about any

cultural change has been substantially decreased, terrorists are placed

outside of the mass media comprehension and even when they seek to

address the entire world, they are successful in doing so without being

caught. No one can create meaning out of the sacrificial self-wanted deaths

by terrorists while this, in turn, makes them to have the ability to exert

more power and make political requests and remark in the mass media.

Later on in the novel, Delillo compares writers and terrorists with the

formers fail to uphold their roles and positions in the society while the

others succeeding in taking their place:

There's a curious knot that binds novelists and terrorists. In

the West we become famous effigies as our books lose the

power to shape and influence. Do you ask your writers how

they feel about this? Years ago I used to think it was possible

for a novelist to alter the inner life of the culture. Now bomb-

makers and gunmen have taken that territory. They make raids

on human consciousness. What writers used to do before we

were all incorporated. (Delillo, Mao II 41)

122

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
However, there is a major controversy regarding the point that

whether Don Delillo has the same mentality with that of Bill Gray

concerning their ranking of the positions of writers and terrorists in society

and that how effective they may be in exerting power on the society at

hand. However, one way or another this vague point needs to be clarified

that while Bill points out to the terrorists as standing outside the domain

and discourse and therefore not controlled by them while, on the other

hand, Delillo introduces another character, Haddad, who is talking about

the importance of media for spreading the ranks and meeting the requests

his bosses have ordered.

In the same vein, Delillo argues about the relationship between

authors, terrorists and capitalism. He argues that while the authors and the

terrorists seem to be reading against capitalism and human beings servitude

and slavery in such a system, they are both incorporated and assimilated by

that political system. The writers who publish books and claim to be

standing outside any kind of discourse and political structure as an

intellectual writer are all substantially dependent on mass media and its

power to advertise their texts.

123

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
A closer look at the situation of terrorists, however, evince that the

terrorists have the same foibles; that is to say, although they pontificate

about fighting world domineering capitalism and how it has made all

human beings slaves of the rich, they simply need capitalism‘s mass media

to promote their political messages through images, pictures, live coverage

and portraying their violence in the mass media.

The fact that the terrorists and their actions are also incorporated and

assimilated by the ferocious capitalist system in testified in another part of

the novel; that is to say, as the writer gave its place to the terrorist, the

terrorist gets captured by capitalism in the same vein that the writers got

captured. However, as Bill Gray dies, he is replaced by major character

who is the mastermind behind the plot of Mao II and who is called Rashid.

Brita, who unconsciously perceives the importance of terrorists and due to

the fact that writers and authors have faded into history, takes a new

approach in life and pursues photographing terrorists; this act of Brita is

extremely considerable since it refers to the literal and figurative death of

writers and authors with them being replaced by their successors who are

certainly terrorists. Rashid utters the following words when asked some

questions by Brita:

124

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Rashid looks into the camera. He says, ―I will tell you why we

put Westerners in locked rooms. So we don't have to look at

them. They remind us of the way we tried to mimic the West.

The way we put up the pretense, the terrible veneer. Which

you now see exploded all around you.‖

―He is saying as long as there is Western presence it is a threat

to self-respect, to identity.‖

―And you reply with terror.‖

―He is saying terror is what we use to give our people their

place in the world. What used to be achieved through work,

we gain through terror. Terror makes the new future possible.

All men one man. Men live in history as never before. He is

saying we make and change history minute by minute. History

is not the book or the human memory. We do history in the

morning and change it after lunch.‖ ((Delillo, Mao II 235)

As it was mentioned before and also as the abovementioned excerpt

from the novel depicts, the role of Brita is ginormous in the novel. As her

conversation comes to end with Rashid, she shakes Rashid‘s hand and also

takes the hood off one of the guards of Rashid who is not surprisingly a

child and she takes a photograph of her. Here, Delillo donates an

125

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
indispensable role to Brita; in other words, she is pontificating to Rashid

that he and his terrorist group are not anything significant was it not for the

sake of her and her art. It is not Rashid who is dictating anything of

importance in the scene but it is Brita who is exerting her enormous power

in this case. All in all, they are the mass media that working in the structure

of late capitalism are the authentic and genuine authors that can easily

inflict power to all the society. It is this point of the media‘s unremitting

power that controls authors, terrorists and also the masses.

Although the terrorists think that they may be outside of the domain

of discourse and ideology of capitalism, they certainly and substantially

rely on mass media to promote their political outlooks and slogans; in

addition, they also need mass media to show their spectacles and images of

their violence. Not only do not they have a status of their own, but they do

depend too much on capitalism in their activities. There are many scholars

and writers who associate the activities of the terrorists to those of clichés

of capitalist programs like reality television serious.

In one of my favorite scenes in the novel Bill Gray comments on the

decreasing power and prestige of literature and names Beckett as the last

126

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
writer who was able to inflict and exert power and influence. Bill utters the

following words:

―What terrorists gain, novelists lose. The degree to which they

influence mass consciousness is the extent of our decline as

shap-ers of sensibility and thought. The danger they represent

equals our own failure to be dangerous.‖

―And the more clearly we see terror, the less impact we feel

from art.‖

―I think the relationship is intimate and precise insofar as such

things can be measured.‖

―Very nice indeed.‖

―You think so?‖

―Completely marvelous.‖

―Beckett is the last writer to shape the way we think and see.

After him, the major work involves midair explosions and

crumbled buildings. This is the new tragic narrative.‖

((Delillo, Mao II 156-157)

127

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
4.4. Technology, Mass Media and the Future of the United State

Delillo‘s perspicacity and prescience is clear and surprising in the

abovementioned quote where he refers to the moribund situation of

literature and writing in general and to the nascent condition of terror,

explosion and violence which ostentatiously is telling and informative

regarding the many horrific incidents in the twentieth century including

September 11th attacks, the spread of ISIS in the middle east, Charlie Ebdo

Massacre and the invasion of Afghanistan and Iraq, to name a few. Another

captivating aspect of the novel Mao II regarding its undercurrent themes is

comparing United States and Beirut in Lebanon where he seeks to indicate

that in the postmodern world of late capitalism, there are no differences

between places and spaces due to the fact that the entire world is under the

control of capitalism and those that have tried to defy such categorization

either have been or will be assimilated by that juggernaut:

Uptown there were schoolboys wearing ties as headbands.

They widened the neck part to fit around the forehead with the

knot near the right ear and the main part drooping over the

shoulder. Shooting with their schoolbags. In other words

lifting the school-bag to the hip Uzi-style and spraying

128

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
imaginary fire with their lips pushed out. Only Catholic boys

wore uniforms back home. She remembered nuns in station

wagons and how she walked among them at a football game.

They were in black and white, she was in color.

There were water-main breaks and steam-pipe explosions,

asbestos flying everywhere, mud propelled from caved-in

pavement, and people stood around saying, "It's just like

Beirut, it looks like Beirut.‖ ((Delillo, Mao II 146)

As touched upon before, Mao II has many revealing aspects about

the future of a world dominated by mass media, image and terrorism.

Another enthralling aspect of the novel is its disclosure or, in other terms,

its prediction about many terrorist events that would happen in the near

future, especially about the opening years of the twenty-first century. One

aspect of such a revelation is statements and remarks and also comments

about the concept of place in the postmodern world. The Twin Towers

which were decimated in 2001 evinces facts about this issue:

She was thinking that everything that came into her mind

lately and developed as a perception seemed at once to enter

the culture, to become a painting or photograph or hairstyle or

129

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
slogan. She saw the dumbest details of her private thoughts on

postcards or billboards. She saw the names of writers she was

scheduled to photograph, saw them in newspapers and

magazines, obscure people climbing into print as if she carried

some contagious glow out around the world. In Tokyo she saw

a painting reproduced in an art journal and it was

called Skyscraper III, a paneled canvas showing the World

Trade Center at precisely the angle she saw it from her

window and in the same dark spirit. These were her towers,

standing windowless, two black latex slabs that consumed the

available space. ((Delillo, Mao II 165)

Up to this point in this chapter, a lot of themes have been covered

and addressed by the researcher. For example, the images about the Twin

Towers which dominated the entire programs in the world are delightfully

and informatively discussed in detail and the question of representation

through image and media have been of great significance to the analysis at

hand. The dark and evil spirit experienced by almost all of the characters

including Bill, Brita, Haddad and, at a wider scale, even Don Delillo

himself are omens of what would happen to World Trade Center and many

others targeted by Al-Qaeda and other terrorist groups and countries

130

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
including, not surprisingly, America itself. Of unequalled shock in the

novel is actually naming The World Trade Center in Mao II and some

warning about it when Brita, talking to Bills, say that:

―Eventually the towers will seem human and local and quirky.

Give them time.‖

―I'll go and hit my head against the wall. You tell me when to

stop.‖

―You'll wonder what made you mad.‖

―I already have the World Trade Center.‖

―And it's already harmless and ageless. Forgotten-looking.

And think how much worse.‖

―What?‖ she said.

―If there was only one tower instead of two.‖

―You mean they interact. There is a play of light.‖

‗Wouldn't a single tower be much worse?‖

―No, because my big complaint is only partly size. The size is

deadly. But having two of them is like a comment, it's like a

dialogue, only I don't know what they're saying.‖ ((Delillo,

Mao II 40)

131

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Here, Delillo finds out the symbolic significance of the Towers and

foresees their inevitable fall. The whole novel, to make it short, is the story

of terrorism in the postmodern world, a world which is overly dominated

by mass-produced images and events which are directly related to media

and its representation. The overarching narratives, images and events have

dominated the entire world while literature has been pushed to a side where

it has lost its power to yield any kind of influence and change. Delillo

addresses the question of capitalist mass media and how it has been capable

of transform terrorist killings and violence into merely commodities and

products for everyday and everybody consumption.

132

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
‫‪Chapter V: Conclusion‬‬

‫‪133‬‬

‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‪ ،‬پایاننامهها‪ ،‬و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‪ ،‬تحقیقا ت‪ ،‬فناوری به شمارة ‪/195929‬و تاریخ ‪ (1395/9/6‬از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬
‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‪ ،‬آموزشی‪ ،‬و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‪ ،‬مصنفان‪ ،‬و هنرمندان )‪ (1348‬و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‪.‬‬
Conclusion

The two novels touch upon the point that the western world‘s society‘s‘

dependence on media has led to a new kind of reality where due to the fact

that people are not capable of freeing themselves from the vicious and evil

influence of media and therefore, as a result, no one can separate and

differentiate between fact and fiction. Reality is therefore redefined in a

new way by many people and especially scholars such as Don Delillo

which indicates that although we still experience reality through our

understanding of the world, the fact is that we see a kind of reality that

comes to us merely through representation and depiction in the media.

The ways the media tend to create a new kind of experiencing reality

that is substantially about receiving information which is fragmented and

disrupted which gives way to all people have their own interpretations. It is

such kind of reality that Delillo tends to analyze, investigate and critique in

his Underworld and Mao II; that is to say, he is alluding to the point of

media‘s powerful, decisive and, at the same time, manipulative and

deceitful structure. In this regard, Deilillo goes to the extremes when he

134

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
uses a nontraditional narrative framework which dovetails the

contemporary experience. These kinds of narratives are essential in

Delillo‘s narratives since they give way to individuals to perceive the world

much better and clearer.

Two masterpieces of Delillo following the same vein, Underworld

and Mao II draw upon an extraordinary range of sources and inspirational

experiences which seek to evince the point that meaning is governed less

by content than by the point of view, outlook and perspective of those

people who present the material and the content in addition to governing

ideas and ideologies running through the society and also the personal and

peculiar mentalities of the receivers. Depicting different angles and

dimensions of inextricability of fact and fiction in the novels in question,

Delillo aims at disclosing and also exploring some different dimension of

today‘ life in the entire world.

In both novels of Mao II and Underworld, Delillo aims at creating

characters whose identity are inextricably bound up with technologies of

mass media. In Underworld, Delillo focuses on the point that technological

environment has dominated the world and the totality of the Cold War

technologies and the danger of atomic bomb are repeatedly dealt with.

135

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Although here the importance of atomic bomb and the predicament it

causes are main issues at hand but the importance of information

technologies also skyrocket and relate the questions of bombs to those of

daily lives and the crowds. In such a situation, reality loses its real meaning

and becomes a structure that is made and coded by human beings who are

in power.

In both novels, one main issue that has been persistently and

excessively referred to is the item of news. New stories are prolific and in

an age of new journalism and the dominance of tele-journalism and mass

media the prestige and significance of books and novels become less

capturing. However, it is a built-in merit in the novels that attempts at to

show the world of news, images, videos, and television one that has a life

of its own without much relating to the real world the individuals are living

and experiencing.

In a well-known saying by McLuhan which goes like ―we become

what we behold, we can sum up all Don Delillo‘s writings regarding the

novels in question. That is to say, for all walks of life, the news that they

watch day and night in order to analyze the happenings of the world more

clearly, the unwittingly become what they see. For example, the character

136

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
of Nick Shay in Underworld is transformed into someone who is merely

responsive to the radio broadcast and to the public spectacle which he is

force-fed by. People are all significantly influenced by the images and

pictures which are the products of the mass media.

The images of Soviet nuclear test which is recounted in the novel

Underworld to be on October 3, 1951 has dominated all mass media and

news and creates a great deal of anxiety, malaise and uproar in the

American society. However, Delillo‘s main focus is on the technological

manifestations and representations of such events and the degree to which

they negatively influence people. The electronic age has created individuals

have do not simply differentiate between reality and representation; that is

to say, they mix up what is going on and what is told to be going on which

yields in a kind of unease which cannot be controlled by any means. Total

reliance on the pursuit of all things in the light of technology has deprived

humans beings of their individuality and Delillo touches upon a time when

people‘s thoughts and desires are predominantly controlled by mass media

leaving people who are hollow and superficial with the consciousness and

knowledge are forged by news, picture and images.

137

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
It is not surprising to end the whole study by quoting a simple line

from Underworld which goes like this ―which describes pilgrims "flocking

to uranium mines in order to cure themselves"; this sentence refers to the

degree that human beings are manipulated in the modern world and

technology has so much impacted people that they even think of going to

the places that uranium is buried under earth- which is also why the novels

title is Underworld- and people need to pay tribute to this technology

although it apparently seems to be aiming to decimate them.

The conspiracy of the world technology functions at the level of face

value; in other words, technology makes reality come true because it seeks

to make the knowable world seeable and therefore tries to bridge a gap

between seeing and knowing which will eventually mislead human beings

from getting closer to the reality. The fact is that media technologies tend

to present reality as truth and, to do so, they transform pictures and pixels

into pieces of truth, after which people attribute their desired meanings to

them and in this way reality is manipulated.

138

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Bibliography

Abrams, M. H. A Glossary of Literary Terms. Fort Worth: Harcourt Brace

Jovanovich College, 1993.

Ballesteros, Jes s. Postmodernity: Decadence or Resistance. Pamplona:

Divisi n De Derechos Humanos, Universidad De Navarra, 1992.

Print.

Baudrillard, Jean. Simulacra and Simulation. trans. Sheila Glaser. Ann

Arbor, MI:University of Michigan Press, 1994.

Baudrillard, Jean. America, trans. Chris Turner, New York: Verso.1989.

Baudrillard,Jean. Selected Writings, trans. Jacques Mourrain, Stanford,

California. Stanford UP. 1988.

Baudrillard, Jean. Simulacra and Simulation. trans. Sheila Glaser. Ann

Arbor, MI:University of Michigan Press, 1994.

Baudrillard, Jean. Simulations, trans. Paul Foss et. al., New York:

Semiotext(e). 1983.

139

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Baudrillard, Jean. The Consumer Society: Myths and Structures, trans.

Chris Turner, London: SAGE.1998.

Bauman, Zygmunt. Liquid modernity. Polity, Cambridge.2000.

Benjamin, Walter. ―The Work of Art in the Age of Mechanical

Reproduction. Literary Theory: An Anthology. Eds. Julie Rivkin and

Michael Ryan. Malden, MA:Blackwell, 1998. 282-89.

Bertens, Hans. The Idea of the Postmodern. A History. New York and

London: Routledge, 1995.

Bloom, Harold. Don DeLillo. Philadelphia: Chelsea House, 2003. Print.

Boxall, Peter. Don DeLillo: The Possibility of Fiction. London: Routledge,

2006. Print.

Bressler, Charles E. Literary Criticism: An Introduction to Theory and

Practice. 2nd ed. New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1999.

Caner, Asena, and Edward N. Wolff. "Asset Poverty in the United States,

1984-1999: Evidence from the Panel Study of Income Dynamics."

Review of Income and Wealth. 50.4 (Dec. 2004): 493-518.

140

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Carey, James W.. Communication as Culture: Essays on Media and

Society. Rev. ed. Boston: Unwin Hyman, 2009. Print.

Cowart, David. Don DeLillo: The Physics of Language. Athens: U of

Georgia, 2002. Print.

Debord, Guy. Comments on the Society of the Spectacle. London: Verso,

1990. Print.

-----. The Society of the Spectacle. New York: Zone, 1994. Print.

DeLillo, Don. Mao II. New York, NY, U.S.A.: Viking, 1991. Print.

-----. Underworld. New York, NY: Scribner, 1997. Print.

Don DeLillo, ―The Power of History,‖ The New York Times Book Review,

September7,1997,http://www.nytimes.com/library/books/090797arti

cle3.html

Duvall, John N. Don DeLillo. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins UP, 1999.

Print.

-----. The Cambridge Companion to Don DeLillo. Cambridge: Cambridge

UP, 2008. Print.

Feuerbach, Ludwig, Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels, and Wolfgang

Schirmacher.German Socialist Philosophy. New York: Continuum,

1997. Print.

141

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Harvey, David.The Condition of Postmodernity. Cambridge, MA:

Blackwell, 1990.

Hutcheon, Linda. The Johns Hopkins Guide to Literary Theory and

Criticism. Michael Groden and Martin Krieswirth, eds. Baltimore

and London: Johns Hopkins UP, 1994. 312-16.

Jameson, Fredric. "Forward." "The Postmodern Condition: A Report on

Knowledge." Theory and History of Literature. 10. Geoff

Bennington and Brian Massumi, trans. Minneapolis, Minnesota UP,

1984. vii-xxi.

Kavadlo, Jesse. Don DeLillo: Balance at the Edge of Belief. New York:

Peter Lang, 2004. Print.

Keesey, Douglas. Don DeLillo. New York: Twayne, 1993. Print

Kellner, Douglas. Baudrillard: A Critical Reader. US: Basil Blackwell Ltd.,

1994.

Leitch, Vincent B. The Norton Anthology of Theory and Criticism. New

York: Norton, 2001

142

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Lyotard, Jean-Francois. "The Postmodern Condition: A Report on

Knowledge." Geoff Bennington and Brian Massumi, trans. Theory

and History of Literature. 10. Minneapolis, Minnesota UP, 1984.

Macey, David. The Penguin Dictionary of Critical Theory. London:

Penguin, 2001.

McLuhan, Marshall. Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man.

Cambridge: MIT Press, 1994.

Malpas, Simon. Jean-Francois Lyotard. London: Routledge, 2003. Print.

Marks, John. ―Underworld: The People are Missing,‖ in Buchanan, Marks

(eds.), Deleuze and Literature (Edinburgh: Edinburgh University

Press, 2000)

Marx, Karl. A Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy. New

York: International, 1970. Print.

----- . Economic and Philosophic Manuscripts of 1844. New York:

International, 1964. Print.

Marx, Karl, Friedrich Engels, and E. J. Hobsbawm. The Communist

Manifesto: A Modern Edition. London: Verso, 1998. Print.

143

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Marx, Karl. Theories of Surplus Value; Selections. New York:

International, 1952. Print.

Molesworth, Charles. ―Don DeLillo‘s Perfect Starry Night.‖ Introducing

Don DeLillo. Ed. Lentricchia, Frank. Durham: Duke University

Press, 1991. Print.

Morley, Catherine. ―Don DeLillo‘s Transatlantic Dialogue with Sergei

Eisenstein,‖ Journal of American Studies (2006), 40:1:17-34

Olster, Stacey Michele. Don DeLillo: Mao II, Underworld, Falling Man.

London: Continuum, 2011. Print.

Orel, Lothar, and Mojca Krevel. Don DeLillo: Triumph of Image and

Death of Reality: Analyzing the Theoretical Parallels between

Baudrillard and Delillo. Ljubljana: L. Orel, 2012. Print.

Osteen, Mark. ―Children of Godard and Coca-Cola: Cinema and

Consumerism in Don DeLillo‗s Early Fiction.‖ Contemporary

Literature 37.3 (1996) 439-470.

Osteen, Mark. American Magic and Dread: Don DeLillo’s Dialogue with

Culture. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 2000.

144

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
Taylor, Victor E., and Gregg Lambert. Jean François Lyotard. Critical

Evaluations in Cultural Theory: Ethics. London: Routledge, 2006.

Print.

Thomson, Irene Taviss. "Individualism and Conformity in the 1950s vs. the

1980s." Sociological Forum. 7.3 (Sept. 1992): 497-516. JSTOR.

Emporia State U, William Allen White Lib. 31 Mar. 2008

Tichi, Cecelia. Electronic hearth: creating an American television culture.

New York: Oxford University Press, 1992.

----- . Wage-labour and Capital. New York: International, 1933. Print.

Wallace, David Foster. ―E Unibus Pluram: Television and U.S. Fiction. A

Supposedly Fun Thing That I’ll Never Do Again. Boston: Little,

1997. 21-82

Waugh, Patricia. Metafiction: the theory and practice of self-conscious

fiction. Routledge, 1984

Weisman, Jonathan. "Reagan Policies Gave Green Light to Red Ink". The

Washington Post. 9 June 2004

Woolf, Virginia. The Movies and Reality. Minneapolis, Minnesota UP,

1946.

145

‫( از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬1395/9/6 ‫و تاریخ‬/195929 ‫ فناوری به شمارة‬،‫ تحقیقا ت‬،‫ و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‬،‫ پایاننامهها‬،‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‬
.‫( و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‬1348) ‫ و هنرمندان‬،‫ مصنفان‬،‫ و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‬،‫ آموزشی‬،‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‬
‫‪Žižek, Slavoj. Welcome to the desert of the real: five essays on September‬‬

‫‪11 and related dates. London, New York: Verso, 2002.‬‬

‫‪146‬‬

‫دسترسی به این مدرک بر پایة آییننامة ثبت و اشاعة پیشنهادهها‪ ،‬پایاننامهها‪ ،‬و رسالههای تحصیل ت تکمیلی و صیانت از حقوق پدیدآوران در آنها ) وزار ت علوم‪ ،‬تحقیقا ت‪ ،‬فناوری به شمارة ‪/195929‬و تاریخ ‪ (1395/9/6‬از پایگاه اطلعا ت علمی ایران )گنج( در پژوهشگاه علوم و فننناوری‬
‫اطلعا ت ایران )ایرانداک( فراهم شده و استفاده از آن با رعایت کامل حقوق پدیدآوران و تنها برای هدفهای علمی‪ ،‬آموزشی‪ ،‬و پژوهشی و بر پایة قانون حمایت از مؤلفان‪ ،‬مصنفان‪ ،‬و هنرمندان )‪ (1348‬و الحاقا ت و اصلحا ت بعدی آن و سایر قوانین و مقررا ت مربوط شدنی است‪.‬‬

S-ar putea să vă placă și